Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 814-01047

 

 

FS Investment Corporation III

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   90-0994912

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street, Suite 675

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

19104

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 495-1150

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value

$0.001 per share

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x .

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No     x .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨ .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨ .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

There is no established market for the registrant’s shares of common stock. The registrant is currently conducting an ongoing public offering of its shares of common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form N-2, which shares are being sold at a price of $10.00 per share, with discounts available for certain categories of purchasers, or at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price below net asset value per share.

There were 22,222 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 28, 2014.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR

ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PART I

    

ITEM 1.

  BUSINESS      1   

ITEM 1A.

  RISK FACTORS      18   

ITEM 1B.

  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS      34   

ITEM 2.

  PROPERTIES      34   

ITEM 3.

  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS      34   

ITEM 4.

  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES      34   

PART II

    

ITEM 5.

  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES      35   

ITEM 6.

  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA      37   

ITEM 7.

  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS      38   

ITEM 7A.

  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK      49   

ITEM 8.

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA      51   

ITEM 9.

  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE      63   

ITEM 9A.

  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      63   

ITEM 9B.

  OTHER INFORMATION      63   

PART III

    

ITEM 10.

  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      64   

ITEM 11.

  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION      77   

ITEM 12.

  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS      78   

ITEM 13.

  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE      79   

ITEM 14.

  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES      82   

PART IV

    

ITEM 15.

  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES      83   
  SIGNATURES      85   


Table of Contents

PART I

Many of the amounts and percentages presented in Part I have been rounded for convenience of presentation and all dollar amounts, excluding share and per share amounts, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.

 

Item 1. Business.

FS Investment Corporation III, or the Company, which may also be referred to as “we,” “us” or “our,” was organized in June 2013 to invest in debt securities of private U.S. companies and will commence operations upon raising gross proceeds in excess of $2.5 million, all of which must be from sales of shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering to persons who are not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor, LLC, or FSIC III Advisor, by January 10, 2015, which we refer to as the minimum offering requirement. We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. As such, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. In addition, we intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. As of December 31, 2013, we had total assets of approximately $200.

We will be managed by FSIC III Advisor, a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, which will oversee the management of our operations and will be responsible for making investment decisions for our portfolio. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, or GDFM, to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM will assist FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and will make investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor, according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor. GDFM, a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, is a subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP, or GSO, the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. GSO is one of the world’s largest credit platforms in the alternative asset business with approximately $65.0 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2013.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We will seek to meet our investment objectives by:

 

   

utilizing the experience and expertise of the management teams of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, along with the broader resources of GSO, which include its access to the relationships and human capital of its parent, Blackstone, in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions;

 

   

employing a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection;

 

   

focusing primarily on debt investments in a broad array of private U.S. companies, including middle-market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenues of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. In many market environments, we believe such a focus offers an opportunity for superior risk adjusted returns;

 

   

investing primarily in established, stable enterprises with positive cash flows; and

 

   

maintaining rigorous portfolio monitoring, in an attempt to anticipate and pre-empt negative credit events within our portfolio.

We anticipate that our portfolio will be comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from our target companies. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase minority interests in the form of common or preferred equity in our target companies, either in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, unsecured loans, collaterized loan obligations, or CLOs, and other debt securities.

The senior secured and second lien secured loans in which we will invest generally are expected to have stated terms of three to seven years and any subordinated debt investments that we will make generally are expected to have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such securities generally will be between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. The loans in which we will invest may be rated by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, or NRSRO, and, in such case, generally will carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or Moody’s, or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or S&P). We will also invest in non-rated debt securities.

 

1


Table of Contents

As a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, BDCs generally are not permitted to co-invest with certain affiliated entities in transactions originated by the BDC or its affiliates in the absence of an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. However, BDCs are permitted to, and may, co-invest in transactions where price is the only negotiated point. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor, including FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and any future BDCs that are advised by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliated investment advisers, or collectively, our co-investment affiliates. We believe this relief may not only enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy, but may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if we had not obtained such relief. Because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

To seek to enhance our returns, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of FSIC III Advisor, but in no event will leverage employed exceed 50% of the value of our assets, as required by the 1940 Act.

While a BDC may list its shares for trading in the public markets, we have elected not to do so. We believe that a non-traded structure is more appropriate for the long-term nature of the assets in which we invest. This structure allows us to operate with a long-term view, similar to that of other types of private investment funds, instead of managing to quarterly market expectations. While our offering price, which exceeds our net asset value per share, is subject to adjustment in accordance with the 1940 Act and our pricing policy, because our shares of common stock will not be listed on a national securities exchange, our stockholders will not be subject to the daily share price volatility associated with the public markets. However, the net asset value of our shares of common stock may be volatile.

To provide our stockholders with limited liquidity, we intend to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to our share repurchase program beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement. We are not obligated to repurchase shares and, if we do so, shares will be repurchased at a discount of 10% from the offering price in effect at the time of such repurchase. This will be the only method by which our stockholders may obtain liquidity prior to a liquidity event. Therefore, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. If stockholders are able to sell their shares, it is likely they will have to sell them at a significant discount to their purchase price.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive in connection with the issuance of shares of common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2015, we will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time upon 30 days’ notice.

We do not currently intend to list our shares on an exchange and do not expect a public market to develop for them in the foreseeable future. We intend to seek to complete a liquidity event within five years following the completion of our offering stage; however, the offering period may extend for an indefinite period. Accordingly, stockholders should consider that they may not have access to the money they invest for an indefinite period of time until we complete a liquidity event. We will view our offering stage as complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. In addition, shares of BDCs listed on a national securities exchange frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. If we determine to pursue a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, stockholders, including those who purchase shares at the offering price, may experience a loss on their investment if they sell their shares at a time when our shares are trading at a discount to net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a liquidity event.

About FSIC III Advisor

FSIC III Advisor is a subsidiary of our affiliate, Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or Franklin Square Holdings, a national sponsor of alternative investment funds designed for the individual investor. FSIC III Advisor is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Advisers Act and is led by substantially the same personnel that form the investment and operations teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC. FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC and FSIC II Advisor, LLC are registered investment advisers that manage Franklin Square Holdings’ three affiliated BDCs, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund and FS Investment Corporation II, respectively. FS Global Advisor, LLC is a registered investment adviser that manages Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management investment company, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund.

 

2


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation commenced operations on January 2, 2009 and is focused on generating current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation for stockholders, primarily by making investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. As of December 31, 2013, FS Investment Corporation had total assets of approximately $4.4 billion. FS Energy and Power Fund commenced operations on July 18, 2011 and is focused on generating current income and long-term capital appreciation for shareholders, primarily by making investments in debt and income-oriented equity securities of privately-held U.S. companies in the energy and power industry. As of December 31, 2013, FS Energy and Power Fund had total assets of approximately $2.4 billion. FS Investment Corporation II commenced operations on June 18, 2012 and is focused on generating current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation for stockholders, primarily by making investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. As of December 31, 2013, FS Investment Corporation II had total assets of approximately $3.3 billion. FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund commenced operations on December 12, 2013 and is focused on generating an attractive total return consisting of a high level of current income and capital appreciation, with a secondary objective of capital preservation, primarily by making investments in secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans, bonds and other types of credit instruments. Two funds affiliated with FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund-A and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund-D, or collectively, the FSGCOF Offered Funds, which have the same investment objectives and strategies as FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, currently offer common shares of beneficial interest to the public and invest substantially all of the net proceeds of their respective offerings in FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. As of December 31, 2013, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund had total assets of approximately $63.9 million

Our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, has led FSIC III Advisor since its inception. In 2007, he co-founded Franklin Square Holdings with the goal of delivering alternative investment solutions, advised by what Franklin Square Holdings believes to be best-in-class institutional asset managers, to individual investors nationwide. In addition to leading FSIC III Advisor, Mr. Forman currently serves as chairman and chief executive officer of FB Income Advisor, LLC and FS Investment Corporation and as chairman, president and chief executive officer of FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds.

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team has significant experience in private lending and private equity investing, and has developed an expertise in using all levels of a firm’s capital structure to produce income-generating investments, while focusing on risk management. The team also has extensive knowledge of the managerial, operational and regulatory requirements of publicly registered alternative asset entities, such as BDCs. FSIC III Advisor was staffed with over 40 employees as of December 31, 2013 and may retain additional investment personnel as our activities expand. We believe that the active and ongoing participation by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates in the credit markets, and the depth of experience and disciplined investment approach of FSIC III Advisor’s management team, will allow FSIC III Advisor to successfully execute our investment strategy.

All investment decisions will require the unanimous approval of FSIC III Advisor’s investment committee, which is currently comprised of Mr. Forman, Gerald F. Stahlecker, Zachary Klehr and Sean Coleman. Our board of directors, including a majority of independent directors, will oversee and monitor our investment performance and, beginning with the second anniversary of the effective date of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and between us and FSIC III Advisor, or the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, will annually review the compensation we pay to FSIC III Advisor and the compensation FSIC III Advisor pays to GDFM to determine that the provisions of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement and the investment sub-advisory agreement, dated as of January 2, 2014, by and between FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, or the investment sub-advisory agreement, respectively, are carried out.

About GDFM

From time to time, FSIC III Advisor may enter into sub-advisory relationships with registered investment advisers that possess skills that FSIC III Advisor believes will aid it in achieving our investment objectives. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM will assist FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and will make investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor, according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor. GDFM also serves as the investment sub-adviser to FS Investment Corporation and FS Investment Corporation II. Furthermore, GDFM’s affiliate, GSO, serves as the investment sub-adviser to FS Energy and Power Fund and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. GDFM is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

GDFM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO. GSO is the credit platform of Blackstone, a leading global alternative asset manager. As of December 31, 2013, GSO and its affiliates, excluding Blackstone, managed approximately $65.0 billion of assets across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including leveraged loans, high-yield bonds, distressed, mezzanine and private equity. As sub-adviser, GDFM will make recommendations to FSIC III Advisor in a manner that is consistent with its existing investment and monitoring processes.

 

3


Table of Contents

Blackstone is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world, with assets under management of approximately $265.8 billion as of December 31, 2013. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, funds of hedge funds, credit-oriented funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and publicly-traded closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone is a publicly-traded limited partnership that has common units which trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BX.” Information about Blackstone and its various affiliates, including certain ownership, governance and financial information, is disclosed in Blackstone’s periodic filings with the SEC, which can be obtained from Blackstone’s website at http://ir.blackstone.com or the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

Potential Market Opportunity

We believe that there are and will continue to be significant investment opportunities in the senior secured and second lien secured loan asset class, as well as investments in debt securities of middle-market companies.

Attractive Opportunities in Senior Secured and Second Lien Secured Loans

We believe that opportunities in senior secured and second lien secured loans are significant because of the variable rate structure of most senior secured debt issues and because of the strong defensive characteristics of this investment class. Given current market conditions, we believe that debt issues with variable interest rates offer a superior return profile to fixed-rate securities, since variable interest rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Senior secured debt issues also provide strong defensive characteristics. Because these loans generally have priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders (i.e., they are due to receive payment before bondholders and equityholders), they carry the least potential risk among investments in the issuer’s capital structure. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may be seized in the event of a default, if necessary. They generally also carry restrictive covenants aimed at ensuring repayment before unsecured creditors, such as most types of public bondholders, and other security holders and preserving collateral to protect against credit deterioration.

The chart below illustrates examples of the collateral used to secure senior secured and second lien secured debt.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

4


Table of Contents

Opportunity in Middle-Market Private Companies

In addition to investing in senior secured and second lien secured loans generally, we believe that the market for lending to private companies, particularly middle-market private companies within the United States, is underserved and presents a compelling investment opportunity. We believe that the following characteristics support our belief:

Large Target Market

According to The U.S. Census Bureau, in its most recently released economic census in 2007, there were approximately 40,000 middle-market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $50 million and $2.5 billion, compared with approximately 1,200 companies with revenues greater than $2.5 billion. These middle-market companies represent, we believe, a significant portion of the growth segment of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investment to grow their businesses. In the same economic census mentioned above, The U.S. Census Bureau found that firms in this target market collectively generated $8.3 trillion in revenues and employed 32.8 million people. Middle-market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for investment programs managed by our affiliates and GDFM over the past several years, and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us.

Limited Investment Competition

Despite the size of the market, we believe that regulatory changes and other factors have diminished the role of traditional financial institutions and certain other capital providers in providing financing to middle-market companies. As tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, U.S. banks’ share of senior secured loans to middle-market companies contracted to 9% of overall middle-market loan volume in 2013, down from 12% in 2012 and nearly 20% in 2011. We believe this trend of reduced middle-market lending by financial institutions will continue and has the potential to accelerate as new regulations begin to take effect. We believe increased regulatory scrutiny as well as other regulatory changes have the potential to reduce banks’ lending activities and may serve to reduce further the role of banks in providing capital to middle-market companies.

Regulatory uncertainty regarding CLOs may also limit financing available to middle-market companies. Issues such as risk retention and the ability of banks to hold certain CLO securities as a result of regulatory changes may serve to inhibit future CLO creation and future lending to middle-market companies. CLOs represented 53.2% of the institutional investor base for broadly syndicated loans in 2013, as tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, and any decline in the formation of new CLOs will likely have broad implications for the senior secured loan marketplace and for middle-market borrowers.

We also believe that lending and originating new loans to middle-market companies, which are often private, generally requires a greater dedication of the lender’s time and resources compared to lending to larger companies, due in part to the smaller size of each investment and the often fragmented nature of information available from these companies. Further, many investment firms lack the breadth and scale necessary to identify investment opportunities, particularly in regards to directly originated investments in middle-market companies, and that attractive investment opportunities are often overlooked. In addition, middle-market companies may require more active monitoring and participation on the lender’s part. We believe that many large financial organizations, which often have relatively high cost structures, are not suited to deal with these factors and instead emphasize services and transactions to larger corporate clients with a consequent reduction in the availability of financing to middle-market companies.

Attractive Market Segment

We believe that the underserved nature of such a large segment of the market can at times create a significant opportunity for investment. In many environments, we believe that middle-market companies are more likely to offer attractive economics in terms of transaction pricing, up-front and ongoing fees, prepayment penalties and security features in the form of stricter covenants and quality collateral than loans to larger companies. Further, due to a lack of coverage at many investment firms, loans to middle-market companies tend to be priced less efficiently, potentially creating attractive opportunities for investment. In addition, as compared to larger companies, middle-market companies often have simpler capital structures and carry less leverage, thus aiding the structuring and negotiation process and allowing us greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions. We believe that these factors will result in advantageous conditions in which to pursue our investment objectives of generating current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.

Characteristics of and Risks Related to Investments in Private Companies

We intend to invest primarily in the debt of private middle-market U.S. companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. As a result, these companies, which may present greater credit risk than public companies, may be unable to meet the obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Second, the investments themselves may often be illiquid. The securities of many of the companies in which we invest are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for

 

5


Table of Contents

institutional investors. In addition, such securities may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. These investments also may be difficult to value because little public information generally exists about private companies, requiring an experienced due diligence team to analyze and value the potential portfolio company. Finally, these companies often may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of FSIC III Advisor and/or GDFM to obtain adequate information through their due diligence efforts to evaluate the creditworthiness of, and risks involved in investing in, these companies, and to determine the optimal time to exit an investment. These companies and their financial information will also generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules and regulations that govern public companies that are designed to protect investors.

Investment Strategy

Our principal focus will be to invest in senior secured and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies, and to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from our target companies. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase minority interests in the form of common or preferred equity in our target companies, either in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, unsecured loans, CLOs and other debt securities.

When identifying prospective portfolio companies, we intend to focus primarily on the attributes set forth below, which we believe will help us generate higher total returns with an acceptable level of risk. While these criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, we caution investors that, if we believe the benefits of investing are sufficiently strong, not all of these criteria necessarily will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. These attributes are:

 

   

Leading, defensible market positions. We intend to invest in companies that have developed strong positions within their respective markets and exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service our debt in a range of economic environments. We will seek companies that can protect their competitive advantages through scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing or product quality versus their competitors, thereby minimizing business risk and protecting profitability.

 

   

Investing in stable companies with positive cash flow. We intend to invest in established, stable companies with strong profitability and cash flows. Such companies, we believe, are well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay our loans in future periods and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. We do not intend to invest to any significant degree in start-up companies, turnaround situations or companies with speculative business plans.

 

   

Proven management teams. We intend to focus on companies that have experienced management teams with an established track record of success. We will typically prefer our portfolio companies to have proper incentives in place to align management’s goals with ours.

 

   

Private equity sponsorship. We intend to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be sophisticated and seasoned private equity firms. FSIC III Advisor’s management team believes that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an endorsement of the quality of the investment. Further, by co-investing with such experienced private equity firms which commit significant sums of equity capital ranking junior in priority of payment to our debt investments, we may benefit from the due diligence review performed by the private equity firm, in addition to our own due diligence review. Further, strong private equity sponsors with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational or financial issues arise which could provide additional protections for our investments.

 

   

Allocation among various issuers and industries. We will seek to allocate our portfolio broadly among issuers and industries, thereby attempting to reduce the risk of a downturn in any one company or industry having a disproportionate adverse impact on the value of our portfolio.

 

   

Viable exit strategy. While we will attempt to invest in securities that may be sold in a privately negotiated over-the-counter market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions, we expect that a large portion of our portfolio may not be sold on this secondary market. For any investments that are not able to be sold within this market, we will focus primarily on investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization, in each case with the potential for capital gains.

In addition, in an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, expands our ability to co-invest in portfolio companies with our co-investment affiliates, which we believe will enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy.

 

6


Table of Contents

Potential Competitive Strengths

We believe that we offer our investors the following potential competitive strengths:

Global platform with seasoned investment professionals

We believe that the breadth and depth of the experience of FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team, together with the wider resources of GSO’s investment team, which is dedicated to sourcing, structuring, executing, monitoring and harvesting a broad range of private investments, as well as the specific expertise of GDFM, will provide us with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing and analyzing attractive investment opportunities.

Long-term investment horizon

Our long-term investment horizon will give us great flexibility, which we believe will allow us to maximize returns on our investments. Unlike most private equity and venture capital funds, as well as many private debt funds, we are not required to return capital to our stockholders once we exit a portfolio investment. We believe that freedom from such capital return requirements, which will allow us to invest using a longer-term focus, will provide us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, compared to other private company investment vehicles.

GDFM transaction sourcing capability

FSIC III Advisor will seek to leverage GDFM’s significant access to transaction flow. GDFM seeks to generate investment opportunities through syndicate and club deals (generally, investments made by a small group of investment firms) and, subject to regulatory constraints as discussed under “—Regulation,” and the allocation policies of GDFM and its affiliates, as applicable, also through GSO’s direct origination channels. These include significant contacts to participants in the credit and leveraged finance marketplace, which it can draw upon in sourcing investment opportunities for us. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GDFM has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. With respect to GDFM’s origination channel, FSIC III Advisor will seek to leverage the global presence of GSO to generate access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with attractive investment characteristics. We believe that the broad network of GDFM will provide a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us. GDFM also has a significant trading platform, which, we believe, will allow us access to the secondary market for investment opportunities.

Disciplined, income-oriented investment philosophy

FSIC III Advisor and GDFM intend to employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach involves a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity, as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of deteriorating credit conditions at portfolio companies which would result in adverse portfolio developments. This strategy is designed to maximize current income and minimize the risk of capital loss while maintaining the potential for long-term capital appreciation.

Investment expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure

FSIC III Advisor and GDFM believe that their broad expertise and experience investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure will enable us to manage risk while affording us the opportunity for significant returns on our investments. We will attempt to capitalize on this expertise in an effort to produce and maintain an investment portfolio that will perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities will be managed by FSIC III Advisor and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. Under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we have agreed to pay FSIC III Advisor an annual base management fee based on our average weekly gross assets as well as incentive fees based on our performance. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations” for a description of the fees we will pay to FSIC III Advisor.

From time to time, FSIC III Advisor may enter into sub-advisory relationships with registered investment advisers that possess skills or attributes that FSIC III Advisor believes will aid it in achieving our investment objectives. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM will assist FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and will make investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor.

 

7


Table of Contents

FSIC III Advisor oversees our day-to-day operations, including the provision of general ledger accounting, fund accounting, legal services, investor relations and other administrative services. FSIC III Advisor also performs, or oversees the performance of, our corporate operations and required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports for our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, FSIC III Advisor assists us in calculating our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

We will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will then assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will compare the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We will not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it will receive a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

We have contracted with State Street Bank and Trust Company to provide various accounting and administrative services, including, but not limited to, preparing preliminary financial information for review by FSIC III Advisor, preparing and monitoring expense budgets, maintaining accounting and corporate books and records, processing trade information provided by us and performing testing with respect to RIC compliance. We have also contracted with Vigilant Compliance, LLC to provide us with a chief compliance officer, Salvatore Faia, president of that firm.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. Also, while we will be permitted to finance investments using debt, our ability to use debt will be limited in certain significant respects pursuant to the 1940 Act. Within the limits of existing regulation, we will adjust our use of debt, according to market conditions, to the level we believe will allow us to generate maximum risk-adjusted returns. See “—Regulation.” We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Investment Types

We anticipate that our portfolio will be comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. FSIC III Advisor will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure, where returns tend to be stronger in a more stable or growing economy, but less secure in weak economic environments. Below is a diagram illustrating where these investments lie in a typical portfolio company’s capital structure. Senior secured debt is situated at the top of the capital structure and typically has the first claim on the assets and cash flows of the company, followed by second lien secured debt, subordinated debt, preferred equity and, finally, common equity. Due to this priority of cash flows, an investment’s risk increases as it moves further down the capital structure. Investors are usually compensated for this risk associated with junior status in the form of higher returns, either through higher interest payments or potentially higher capital appreciation. We will rely on FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s experience to structure investments, possibly using all levels of the capital structure, which we believe will perform in a broad range of economic environments.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Senior Secured Loans

Senior secured loans are situated at the top of the capital structure. Because these loans generally have priority in payment, they carry the least risk among all investments in a firm. Generally, our senior secured loans are expected to have maturities of three to seven years, offer some form of amortization and have first priority security interests in the assets of the borrower. Generally, we expect that our senior secured loans typically will have variable interest rates ranging between 4.0% and 8.0% over a standard benchmark, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR.

Second Lien Secured Loans

Second lien secured loans are immediately junior to senior secured loans and have substantially the same maturities, collateral and covenant structures as senior secured loans. Second lien secured loans, however, are granted a second priority security interest in the assets of the borrower. In return for this junior ranking, second lien secured loans generally offer higher returns compared to senior secured debt. These higher returns come in the form of higher interest and in some cases the potential for equity participation through warrants, though to a lesser extent than with subordinated loans. Generally, we expect these loans to carry a fixed or a floating current yield of 6.0% to 10.0% over a standard benchmark. In addition, we may receive additional returns from any warrants we may receive in connection with these investments.

Subordinated Debt

In addition to senior secured and second lien secured loans, we also may invest a portion of our assets in subordinated debt. Subordinated debt investments usually rank junior in priority of payment to senior secured loans and second lien secured loans and are often unsecured, but are situated above preferred equity and common equity in the capital structure. In return for their junior status compared to senior secured loans and second lien secured loans, subordinated debt investments typically offer higher returns through both higher interest rates and possible equity ownership in the form of warrants, enabling the lender to participate in the capital appreciation of the borrower. These warrants typically require only a nominal cost to exercise. We intend to generally target subordinated debt with interest-only payments throughout the life of the security, with the principal due at maturity. Typically, subordinated debt investments have maturities of five to ten years. Generally, we expect these securities to carry a fixed or a floating current yield of 8.0% to 12.0% over a standard benchmark. In addition, we may receive additional returns from any warrants we may receive in connection with these investments. In some cases, a portion of the total interest may accrue or be paid-in-kind, or PIK.

Equity and Equity-Related Securities

While we intend to maintain our focus on investments in debt securities, from time to time, when we see the potential for extraordinary gain, or in connection with securing particularly favorable terms in a debt investment, we may enter into non-control investments in preferred or common equity, typically in conjunction with a private equity sponsor we believe to be sophisticated and seasoned. In addition, we typically will receive the right to make equity investments in a portfolio company whose debt securities we hold in connection with the next equity financing round for that company. This right will provide us with the opportunity to further

 

9


Table of Contents

enhance our returns over time through equity investments in our portfolio companies. In addition, we may hold equity-related securities consisting primarily of warrants or other equity interests generally obtained in connection with our subordinated debt or other investments. In the future, we may achieve liquidity through a merger or acquisition of a portfolio company, a public offering of a portfolio company’s stock or by exercising our right, if any, to require a portfolio company to repurchase the equity-related securities we hold. With respect to any preferred or common equity investments, we expect to target an annual investment return of at least 20%.

Non-U.S. Securities

We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We may maintain a certain level of cash or equivalent instruments to make follow-on investments, if necessary, in existing portfolio companies or to take advantage of new opportunities.

Comparison of Targeted Debt Investments to Corporate Bonds

Loans to private companies are debt instruments that can be compared to corporate bonds to aid an investor’s understanding. As with corporate bonds, loans to private companies can range in credit quality depending on security-specific factors, including total leverage, amount of leverage senior to the security in question, variability in the issuer’s cash flows, the quality of assets securing debt and the degree to which such assets cover the subject company’s debt obligations. As is the case in the corporate bond market, we will require greater returns for securities that we perceive to carry increased risk. The companies in which we intend to invest may be leveraged, often as a result of leveraged buyouts or other recapitalization transactions, and, in many cases, will not be rated by national rating agencies. When our targeted debt investments do carry ratings from an NRSRO, we believe that such ratings generally will be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s or lower than “BBB-” by S&P). To the extent we make unrated investments, we believe that such investments would likely receive similar ratings if they were to be examined by an NRSRO. Compared to below-investment grade corporate bonds that are typically available to the public, our targeted senior secured and second lien secured loan investments are higher in the capital structure, have priority in receiving payment, are secured by the issuer’s assets, allow the lender to seize collateral if necessary, and generally exhibit higher rates of recovery in the event of default. Corporate bonds, on the other hand, are often unsecured obligations of the issuer.

The market for loans to private companies possesses several key differences compared to the corporate bond market. For instance, due to a possible lack of debt ratings for certain middle-market firms, and also due to the reduced availability of information for private companies, investors must conduct extensive due diligence investigations before committing to an investment. This intensive due diligence process gives the investor significant access to management, which is often not possible in the case of corporate bondholders, who rely on underwriters, debt rating agencies and publicly available information for due diligence reviews and monitoring of corporate issuers. While holding these investments, private debt investors often receive monthly or quarterly updates on the portfolio company’s financial performance, along with possible representation on the company’s board of directors, which allow the investor to take remedial action quickly if conditions happen to deteriorate. Due to reduced liquidity, the relative scarcity of capital and extensive due diligence and expertise required on the part of the investor, we believe that private debt securities typically offer higher returns than corporate bonds of equivalent credit quality.

Sources of Income

The primary means through which our stockholders will receive a return of value is through interest income, dividends and capital gains generated by our investments. In addition to these sources of income, we may receive fees paid by our portfolio companies, including one-time closing fees paid at the time each investment is made and monitoring fees paid throughout the term of our investments. Closing fees will typically range from 1.0% to 2.0% of the purchase price of an investment, while monitoring fees will generally range from 0.25% to 1.0% of the purchase price of an investment annually. In addition, we may generate revenues in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees and performance-based fees.

Risk Management

We will seek to limit the downside potential of our investment portfolio by:

 

   

applying our investment strategy guidelines for portfolio investments;

 

   

requiring a total return on investments (including both interest and potential appreciation) that adequately compensates us for credit risk;

 

   

allocating our portfolio among various issuers and industries, size permitting, with an adequate number of companies, across different industries, with different types of collateral; and

 

10


Table of Contents
   

negotiating or seeking debt investments with covenants or features that protect us while affording portfolio companies flexibility in managing their businesses consistent with preservation of capital.

Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights. We may also enter into interest rate hedging transactions at the sole discretion of FSIC III Advisor. Such transactions will enable us to selectively modify interest rate exposure as market conditions dictate.

Affirmative Covenants

Affirmative covenants require borrowers to take actions that are meant to ensure the solvency of the company, facilitate the lender’s monitoring of the borrower, and ensure payment of interest and loan principal due to lenders. Examples of affirmative covenants include covenants requiring the borrower to maintain adequate insurance, accounting and tax records, and to produce frequent financial reports for the benefit of the lender.

Negative Covenants

Negative covenants impose restrictions on the borrower and are meant to protect lenders from actions that the borrower may take that could harm the credit quality of the lender’s investments. Examples of negative covenants include restrictions on the payment of dividends and restrictions on the issuance of additional debt without the lender’s approval. In addition, certain covenants restrict a borrower’s activities by requiring it to meet certain earnings interest coverage ratio and leverage ratio requirements. These covenants are also referred to as financial or maintenance covenants.

Investment Process

The investment professionals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM have spent their careers developing the resources necessary to invest in private companies. Our transaction process is highlighted below.

 

LOGO

Sourcing

In order to source transactions, FSIC III Advisor will seek to leverage GDFM’s significant access to transaction flow, along with GDFM’s trading platform. GDFM will seek to generate investment opportunities through its trading platform, through syndicate and club deals and, subject to regulatory constraints and the allocation policies of GDFM and its affiliates, as applicable, through GSO’s direct origination channels. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GDFM has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. With respect to GDFM’s origination channel, FSIC III Advisor will seek to leverage the global presence of GSO to generate access to directly originated transactions with attractive investment characteristics. We believe that the broad networks of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM will provide a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us.

Evaluation

Initial Review. In its initial review of an investment opportunity to present to FSIC III Advisor, GDFM’s transaction team will examine information furnished by the target company and external sources, including rating agencies, if applicable, to determine whether the investment meets our basic investment criteria and other guidelines specified by FSIC III Advisor, within the context of proper allocation of our portfolio among various issuers and industries, and offers an acceptable probability of attractive returns with identifiable downside risk. For the majority of securities available on the secondary market, a comprehensive analysis will be conducted and continuously maintained by a dedicated GDFM research analyst, the results of which will be available for the transaction team to review. In the case of a directly originated transaction, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM will conduct detailed due diligence investigations as necessary.

Credit Analysis/Due Diligence. Before undertaking an investment, the transaction team will conduct a thorough due diligence review of the opportunity to ensure the company fits our investment strategy, which may include:

 

   

a full operational analysis to identify the key risks and opportunities of the target’s business, including a detailed review of historical and projected financial results;

 

   

a detailed analysis of industry dynamics, competitive position, regulatory, tax and legal matters;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

on-site visits, if deemed necessary;

 

   

background checks to further evaluate management and other key personnel;

 

   

a review by legal and accounting professionals, environmental or other industry consultants, if necessary;

 

   

financial sponsor due diligence, including portfolio company and lender reference checks, if necessary; and

 

   

a review of management’s experience and track record.

When possible, our advisory team will seek to structure transactions in such a way that our target companies will be required to bear the costs of due diligence, including those costs related to any outside consulting work we may require.

Execution

Recommendation. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to identify and recommend investment opportunities for its approval. GDFM will seek to maintain a defensive approach toward its investment recommendations by emphasizing risk control in its transaction process, which will include (i) the pre-review of each opportunity by one of its portfolio managers to assess the general quality, value and fit relative to our portfolio, (ii) where possible, transaction structuring with a focus on preservation of capital in varying economic environments and (iii) ultimate approval of investment recommendations by GDFM’s investment committee.

Approval. After completing its internal transaction process, GDFM will make formal recommendations for review and approval by FSIC III Advisor. In connection with its recommendation, it will transmit any relevant underwriting material and other information pertinent to the decision-making process. In addition, GDFM will make its staff available to answer inquiries by FSIC III Advisor in connection with its recommendations. The consummation of a transaction will require unanimous approval of the members of FSIC III Advisor’s investment committee.

Monitoring

Portfolio Monitoring . FSIC III Advisor, with the help of GDFM, will monitor our portfolio with a focus toward anticipating negative credit events. To maintain portfolio company performance and help to ensure a successful exit, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM will work closely with, as applicable, the lead equity sponsor, loan syndicator, portfolio company management, consultants, advisers and other security holders to discuss financial position, compliance with covenants, financial requirements and execution of the company’s business plan. In addition, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, we may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Typically, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM will receive financial reports detailing operating performance, sales volumes, margins, cash flows, financial position and other key operating metrics on a quarterly basis from our portfolio companies. FSIC III Advisor and GDFM will use this data, combined with due diligence gained through contact with the company’s customers, suppliers, competitors, market research and other methods, to conduct an ongoing, rigorous assessment of the company’s operating performance and prospects.

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, FSIC III Advisor will use an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. FSIC III Advisor will use an investment rating scale of 1 to 5. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment
Rating
  

Summary Description

1    Investment exceeding expectations and/or capital gain expected.
2    Performing investment generally executing in accordance with the portfolio company’s business plan—full return of principal and interest expected.
3    Performing investment requiring closer monitoring.
4    Underperforming investment—some loss of interest or dividend possible, but still expecting a positive return on investment.
5    Underperforming investment with expected loss of interest and some principal.

FSIC III Advisor will monitor and, when appropriate, change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with valuing our assets, our board of directors will review these investment ratings on a quarterly basis. In the event that our advisory team determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, we will attempt to sell the asset in the secondary market, if applicable, or to implement a plan to attempt to exit the investment or to correct the situation.

 

12


Table of Contents

The amount of the portfolio in each grading category may vary substantially from period to period resulting primarily from changes in the composition of the portfolio as a result of new investment, repayment and exit activities. In addition, changes in the grade of investments may be made to reflect our expectation of performance and changes in investment values.

Valuation Process. Each quarter, we will value investments in our portfolio, and such values will be disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will determine the fair value of such investments in good faith, utilizing the input of management, our valuation committee, FSIC III Advisor and any other professionals or materials that our board of directors deems worthy and relevant, including GDFM, independent third-party pricing services and independent third-party valuation firms, if applicable. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Managerial Assistance . As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Depending on the nature of the assistance required, FSIC III Advisor or GDFM will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than FSIC III Advisor or GDFM, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.

Exit

While we attempt to invest in securities that may be sold in a privately negotiated over-the-counter market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions, we expect that a large portion of our portfolio may not be sold on this secondary market for the foreseeable future, depending on market conditions. For any investments that are not able to be sold within this market, we intend to focus primarily on investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization, in each case with the potential for capital gains.

Regulation

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. The 1940 Act requires that a majority of our directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (ii) 50% of our voting securities.

We will generally not be able to issue and sell our common stock at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.” We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

As a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, BDCs generally are not permitted to co-invest with certain affiliated entities in transactions originated by the BDC or its affiliates in the absence of an exemptive order from the SEC. However, BDCs are permitted to, and may, co-invest in transactions where price is the only negotiated point. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. We believe this relief may not only enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy, but may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if we had not obtained such relief. Because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

 

13


Table of Contents

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any assets other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

 

  1. Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  a. is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  b. is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  c. satisfies any of the following:

 

  i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

  ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

  iii. is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

  iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

 

  2. Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.

 

  3. Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  4. Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  5. Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  6. Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, we must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where we purchase such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that

 

14


Table of Contents

may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the asset diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes as described below under “—Taxation as a RIC.” Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. FSIC III Advisor will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies.”

Code of Ethics

We and FSIC III Advisor have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that, among other things, establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. These codes of ethics are attached as exhibits to the registration statement pertaining to the continuous public offering of our shares of common stock. Stockholders may also read and copy these codes of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Stockholders may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, our code of ethics is available on our website at www.fsinvestmentcorpIII.com and on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov . Stockholders may also obtain a copy of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We and FSIC III Advisor have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. Our chief compliance officer and the chief compliance officer of FSIC III Advisor are responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to FSIC III Advisor. The proxy voting policies and procedures of FSIC III Advisor are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by FSIC III Advisor and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, FSIC III Advisor has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the investment advisory clients of FSIC III Advisor are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

FSIC III Advisor will vote proxies relating to our securities in the best interest of its clients’ stockholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although FSIC III Advisor will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The proxy voting decisions of FSIC III Advisor are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how FSIC III Advisor intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Stockholders may obtain information, without charge, regarding how FSIC III Advisor voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, FS Investment Corporation III, Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 or by calling us collect at (215) 495-1150.

 

15


Table of Contents

Other

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

Securities Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act Compliance

We are subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including the filing of annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other required items. In addition, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

   

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

   

pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports are required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

   

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, our management will be required to prepare a report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith. In addition, we intend to voluntarily comply with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and will engage our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our internal control over financial reporting.

Taxation as a RIC

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, or the Annual Distribution Requirement.

If we:

 

   

qualify as a RIC; and

 

   

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

then we will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax, or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

   

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

   

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities, loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities; and

 

16


Table of Contents
   

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

   

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and

 

   

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships,” or the Diversification Tests.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “—Regulation—Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Employees

We do not currently have any employees. Each of our executive officers, aside from our chief compliance officer, Mr. Faia, is a principal, officer or employee of FSIC III Advisor, which manages and oversees our investment operations. Mr. Faia is not affiliated with FSIC III Advisor. In the future, FSIC III Advisor may retain additional investment personnel based upon its needs.

Available Information

For so long as our charter requires, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all stockholders of record and to the state securities administrator in each state in which we offer or sell securities. In addition, for so long as our charter requires, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all stockholders and to the state securities administrator in each state in which we offer or sell securities within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. These reports will also be available on our website at www.fsinvestmentcorpIII.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and stockholders should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Stockholders may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Stockholders may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, investors should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could receive fewer shares of common stock than anticipated if our board of directors determines to increase the offering price to comply with the requirement that we avoid selling shares below our net asset value per share.

After satisfying the minimum offering requirement, the purchase price at which stockholders purchase shares will be determined at each weekly closing date to ensure that the sales price, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is equal to or greater than the net asset value of our shares. As a result, in the event of an increase in our net asset value per share, a stockholder’s purchase price may be higher than the prior weekly closing price per share, and therefore a stockholder may receive a smaller number of shares than if the stockholder had subscribed at the prior weekly closing price.

We are a new company and have no operating history.

We were formed on June 7, 2013 and will not commence operations until we receive gross proceeds of $2.5 million from this offering, all of which must be from persons who are not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially.

As a new company with no investments, our continuous public offering may be deemed to be a “blind pool” offering. An investor may not have the opportunity to evaluate historical data or assess investments prior to purchasing our shares.

None of us, FSIC III Advisor or GDFM has generally identified, made or contracted to make investments on our behalf with the proceeds from our continuous public offering. As a result, an investor will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning future investments we make using the proceeds from our continuous public offering prior to making a decision to purchase our shares. An investor must rely on FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to implement our investment policies, to evaluate our investment opportunities and to structure the terms of our investments rather than evaluating our investments in advance of purchasing shares of our common stock. Because investors are not able to evaluate all of our investments in advance of purchasing our shares, our public offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder an investor’s ability to achieve their own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.

If we are unable to raise substantial funds in our ongoing, continuous “best efforts” public offering, we will be limited in the number and type of investments we may make, and the value of an investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

Our continuous offering is being made on a best efforts basis, whereby the dealer manager and broker-dealers participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell our shares and have no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. Even though we have established a minimum size of our offering necessary for us to release funds from the escrow account and utilize subscription funds, such amount will not, by itself, be sufficient for us to purchase a diversified portfolio of investments. To the extent that less than the maximum number of shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for the allocation of our investments among various issuers and industries may be decreased, and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses over a smaller capital base.

Our shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system, and will not be for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, if stockholders purchase shares in this offering, it is unlikely that stockholders will be able to sell them and, if stockholders are able to do so, it is unlikely that they will receive a full return of their invested capital.

Our shares are illiquid assets for which there is not a secondary market and it is not expected that any will develop in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event. A liquidity event could include: (1) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders likely will receive cash or shares of a publicly-traded company.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program may be purchased at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price a stockholder paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of our share repurchase program.

If our shares are listed, we cannot assure stockholders that a public trading market will develop. In addition, a liquidity event involving a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange may include certain restrictions on the ability of stockholders to sell their shares. Further, even if we do complete a liquidity event, stockholders may not receive a return of all of their invested capital.

We are not obligated to complete a liquidity event by a specified date; therefore, it will be difficult for an investor to sell his or her shares.

A liquidity event could include (1) a listing of our shares of common stock on a national securities exchange, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders likely will receive cash or shares of a publicly-traded company. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event by a specified date or at all. If we do not successfully complete a liquidity event, liquidity for an investor’s shares will be limited to our share repurchase program, which we have no obligation to maintain.

We established the initial offering price for our shares on an arbitrary basis, and the offering price may not accurately reflect the value of our assets.

The price of our shares prior to satisfying the minimum offering requirement is established on an arbitrary basis and is not based on the amount or nature of our assets or our book value. Therefore, at any given time, the offering price may be higher than the value of our interests in portfolio companies.

The dealer manager in our continuous offering may be unable to sell a sufficient number of shares for us to achieve our investment objectives.

The dealer manager for our continuous public offering is FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, or our dealer manager. There is no assurance that it will be able to sell a sufficient number of shares to allow us to have adequate funds to purchase a portfolio of investments allocated among various issuers and industries and generate income sufficient to cover our expenses. As a result, we may be unable to achieve our investment objectives and stockholders could lose some or all of the value of their investment.

Because the dealer manager for our continuous public offering is one of our affiliates, stockholders will not have the benefit of an independent due diligence review of us, which is customarily performed in firm commitment underwritten offerings; the absence of an independent due diligence review increases the risks and uncertainty faced as a stockholder.

The dealer manager is one of our affiliates. As a result, its due diligence review and investigation of us cannot be considered to be an independent review. Therefore, stockholders do not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of our offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in a firm commitment underwritten public securities offering.

Our ability to successfully conduct our continuous offering depends, in part, on the ability of the dealer manager to establish, operate and maintain a network of broker-dealers.

The success of our continuous public offering, and correspondingly our ability to implement our business strategy, depends upon the ability of the dealer manager to establish, operate and maintain a network of licensed securities broker-dealers and other agents to sell our shares. If the dealer manager fails to perform, we may not be able to raise adequate proceeds through our continuous public offering to implement our investment strategy. If we are unsuccessful in implementing our investment strategy, stockholders could lose all or a part of their investment.

Beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the date that we satisfy our minimum offering requirement, we intend to offer to repurchase stockholder shares on a quarterly basis. Only a limited number of shares will be repurchased, however, and, to the extent stockholders are able to sell their shares under the repurchase program, stockholders may not be able to recover the amount of their investment in those shares.

Beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the date that we satisfy our minimum offering requirement, we intend to commence tender offers to allow stockholders to tender their shares on a quarterly basis at a price equal to 90% of our public offering price in effect on the date of repurchase. The share repurchase program will include numerous restrictions that limit stockholders’ ability to sell their shares. We intend to limit the number of shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program as follows: (1) we currently intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan, although at the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from

 

19


Table of Contents

liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares; (2) beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2015, we intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter (though the actual number of shares that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above); (3) unless stockholders tender all of their shares, stockholders must tender at least 25% of the number of shares they have purchased and generally must maintain a minimum balance of $5,000 subsequent to submitting a portion of their shares for repurchase by us; and (4) to the extent that the number of shares tendered for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-served basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law, which prohibits distributions that would cause a corporation to fail to meet statutory tests of solvency. Any of the foregoing limitations may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any year. For example, our affiliate, FS Investment Corporation, commenced a share repurchase program in March 2010 with substantially similar terms as our share repurchase program. Because FS Investment Corporation had relatively few shares outstanding during the first year of its operations, the limitation described in clause (2) above resulted in fewer than all of the tendered shares being repurchased in two tender offers conducted by FS Investment Corporation in 2010.

In addition, our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice. We will notify stockholders of such developments (1) in our quarterly reports or (2) by means of a separate mailing to stockholders, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. In addition, although we have adopted a share repurchase program, we will have discretion to not repurchase shares, to suspend the share repurchase program and to cease repurchases. Further, the share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our stockholders.

When we make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price that investors paid for shares in our offering. As a result, to the extent investors have the ability to sell their shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the price at which an investor may sell shares, which we expect, during our offering period, will be 90% of the offering price in effect on the date of repurchase, may be lower than what an investor paid in connection with the purchase of shares in our offering.

In addition, in the event an investor chooses to participate in our share repurchase program, the investor will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the repurchase price will be on the repurchase date. Although an investor will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the expiration date of such tender offer, to the extent an investor seeks to sell shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the investor will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the repurchase date.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms in an acceptable timeframe.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of our offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to identify any investments that meet our investment objectives or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. In addition, even if GSO identifies privately-negotiated investment opportunities that meet our investment objectives, our ability to invest in such investments may be limited or restricted by the terms of the exemptive relief order from the SEC dated June 4, 2013. Moreover, because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GSO and its affiliates, we will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GSO and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

Prior to investing in securities of portfolio companies, we will invest the net proceeds of our continuous public offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives. As a result, any distributions that we pay while our portfolio is not fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives may be lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives.

 

20


Table of Contents

We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets to the extent our cash flows from operations, net investment income or earnings are not sufficient to fund declared distributions.

We may fund distributions from the uninvested proceeds of our continuous public offering and borrowings, and we have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from net offering proceeds or borrowings to make any such distributions. We may pay distributions from the sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed our earnings or cash flows from operations. Distributions from the proceeds of our continuous public offering or from borrowings could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our portfolio companies.

A stockholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

Our investors do not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue 550,000,000 shares of common stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of stock without stockholder approval. After an investor purchases shares, our board of directors may elect to sell additional shares in the future, issue equity interests in private offerings or issue share-based awards to our independent directors or employees of FSIC III Advisor. To the extent we issue additional equity interests after an investor purchases our shares, an investor’s percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, an investor may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of his or her shares.

Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws, as well as provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

The Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, and our charter and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or making difficult a change in control of our company or the removal of our incumbent directors. Under the Business Combination Act of the MGCL, certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally to include any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding shares) or an affiliate thereof are prohibited for five years and thereafter is subject to special stockholder voting requirements, to the extent that such statute is not superseded by applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. However, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any person to the extent that such business combination receives the prior approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. Under the Control Share Acquisition Act of the MGCL, “control shares” acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of our common stock, but such provision may be repealed at any time (before or after a control share acquisition). However, we will amend our bylaws to repeal such provision (so as to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act) only if our board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the staff of the SEC does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The Business Combination Act (if our board of directors should repeal the resolution) and the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to that Act) may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

In addition, at any time that we have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and we have at least three independent directors, certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain takeover defenses, including adopting a classified board or increasing the vote required to remove a director.

Moreover, our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

These provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Structure

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and the value of our stock. However,

 

21


Table of Contents

the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay stockholders distributions and cause them to lose all or part of their investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of our continuous public offering of common stock and may use the net proceeds from such offering in ways with which investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated in the current prospectus relating to our continuous public offering. Finally, since our shares are not expected to be listed on a national securities exchange for the foreseeable future, stockholders will be limited in their ability to sell their shares in response to any changes in our investment policy, operating policies, investment criteria or strategies.

Price declines in the large corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of our syndicated loan portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

Prior to the onset of the financial crisis, collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, a type of leveraged investment vehicle holding corporate loans, hedge funds and other highly leveraged investment vehicles comprised a substantial portion of the market for purchasing and holding first and second lien secured loans. As the secondary market pricing of the loans underlying these portfolios deteriorated during the fourth quarter of 2008, it is our understanding that many investors, as a result of their generally high degrees of leverage, were forced to raise cash by selling their interests in performing loans in order to satisfy margin requirements or the equivalent of margin requirements imposed by their lenders. This resulted in a forced deleveraging cycle of price declines, compulsory sales and further price declines, with widespread redemption requests and other constraints resulting from the credit crisis generating further selling pressure. This pervasive forced selling and the resultant price declines eliminated or significantly impaired many of our leveraged competitors for investment opportunities, especially those having built their investment portfolios prior to the financial crisis.

Conditions in the large corporate leveraged loan market may experience similar disruption or deterioration, which may cause pricing levels to similarly decline or be volatile. As a result, we may suffer unrealized depreciation and could incur realized losses in connection with the sale of our syndicated loans, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic activity in the United States was adversely impacted by the global financial crisis of 2008 and future recessions or downturns could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, global credit and other financial markets suffered substantial stress, volatility, illiquidity and disruption. These forces reached extraordinary levels in late 2008, resulting in the bankruptcy of, the acquisition of, or government intervention in the affairs of several major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. We believe that such value declines were exacerbated by widespread forced liquidations as leveraged holders of financial assets, faced with declining prices, were compelled to sell to meet margin requirements and maintain compliance with applicable capital standards. Such forced liquidations also impaired or eliminated many investors and investment vehicles, leading to a decline in the supply of capital for investment and depressed pricing levels for many assets. These events significantly diminished overall confidence in the debt and equity markets, engendered unprecedented declines in the values of certain assets and caused extreme economic uncertainty. Deterioration of economic and market conditions in the future could negatively impact credit spreads as well as our ability to obtain financing, particularly from the debt markets.

Future downgrades of the U.S. credit rating and global economic uncertainty could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In August 2011, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or S&P, lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+,” which was affirmed by S&P in June 2013. In January 2012, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for France, Italy, Spain and six other European countries, which has negatively impacted global markets and economic conditions. In addition, in April 2012, S&P further lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for Spain. Recent U.S. budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. The impact of any further downgrade to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. In addition, the economic downturn and the significant government interventions into the financial markets and fiscal stimulus spending over the last several years have contributed to significantly increased U.S. budget deficits. There can be no assurance that future fiscal or monetary measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. These developments and reactions of the credit markets toward these developments could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to obtain debt financing on favorable terms. In addition, any adverse economic conditions resulting from any further downgrade of the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or the economic crisis in Europe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If either FSIC III Advisor or GDFM were to lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objectives could be significantly harmed.

Since we have no employees, we will depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. FSIC III Advisor, with the assistance of GDFM, will evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor and service our investments. Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of FSIC III Advisor and its senior management team. The departure of any members of FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives. Likewise, the departure of any key employees of GDFM may impact its ability to render services to us under the terms of its sub-advisory agreement with FSIC III Advisor.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives will depend on FSIC III Advisor’s ability, with the assistance of GDFM, to identify, analyze, invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. FSIC III Advisor’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objectives, FSIC III Advisor may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. FSIC III Advisor may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, both the investment advisory and administrative services agreement and the sub-advisory agreement that FSIC III Advisor has entered into with us and GDFM, respectively, have termination provisions that allow the parties to terminate the agreements without penalty. The investment advisory and administrative services agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by FSIC III Advisor, upon 120 days’ notice to us. The sub-advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice by GDFM or, if our board of directors or the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities determine that the sub-advisory agreement with GDFM should be terminated, by FSIC III Advisor. If either agreement is terminated, it may adversely affect the quality of our investment opportunities. In addition, in the event such agreements are terminated, it may be difficult for us to replace FSIC III Advisor or for FSIC III Advisor to replace GDFM. Furthermore, the termination of either of these agreements may adversely impact the terms of any financing facility into which we may enter, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, the inability of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

If FSIC III Advisor or GDFM fails to maintain its existing relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, on which they rely to provide us with potential investment opportunities, or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom FSIC III Advisor and GDFM have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our ability to manage future growth effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on our ability to acquire suitable investments and monitor and administer those investments, which depends, in turn, on our investment adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the structuring of our investment process and the ability of FSIC III Advisor to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us. Our executive officers and the members of FSIC III Advisor’s investment committee will have substantial responsibilities in connection with their roles at Franklin Square Holdings and with the other entities affiliated with Franklin Square Holdings, as well as responsibilities under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. They may also be called upon to provide significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, FSIC III Advisor will need to hire, train, supervise, manage and retain new employees. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so effectively. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business will require a substantial amount of capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

        Our business will require a substantial amount of capital. We will issue equity securities and expect to borrow from financial institutions. If we fail to obtain funds from such sources or from other sources to fund our investments, it could limit our ability to grow, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. We will be required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to maintain our RIC status. As a result, any such cash earnings may not be available to fund investment originations. In addition, as a BDC, our ability to borrow or issue preferred stock may be restricted if our total assets are less than 200% of our total borrowings and preferred stock.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds and CLO funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in mid-sized private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in middle-market private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in middle-market private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

 

23


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined by our board of directors. There will not be a public market for the securities of the privately-held companies in which we intend to invest. Many of our investments will not be publicly-traded or actively-traded on a secondary market but, instead, will be traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors or will not be traded at all. As a result, we will value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include dealer quotes for securities traded on the secondary market for institutional investors, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s earnings and its ability to make payments on its indebtedness, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to comparable publicly-traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these non-traded securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our net asset value on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

There is a risk that investors in our common stock may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

We cannot assure stockholders that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our net investment income, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation—Senior Securities.”

Our distribution proceeds may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our continuous public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we make may represent a return of capital to stockholders for tax purposes, which will lower their tax basis in their shares.

We may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of our continuous public offering or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of stockholders’ capital and will lower such stockholders’ tax basis in their shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a stockholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with the offering, including any fees payable to FSIC III Advisor.

If we internalize our management functions, a stockholder’s interest in us could be diluted, and we could incur other significant costs associated with being self-managed.

Our board of directors may decide in the future to internalize our management functions. If we do so, we may elect to negotiate to acquire FSIC III Advisor’s assets and personnel. At this time, we cannot anticipate the form or amount of consideration or other terms relating to any such acquisition. Such consideration could take many forms, including cash payments, promissory notes and shares of our common stock. The payment of such consideration could result in dilution of a stockholder’s interest in us and could reduce the earnings per share attributable to their investment.

In addition, while we would no longer bear the costs of the various fees and expenses we expect to pay to FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we would incur the compensation and benefits costs of our officers and other employees and consultants that are being paid by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates. In addition, we may issue equity awards to officers, employees and consultants. These awards would decrease net income and may further dilute an investment in us. We cannot reasonably estimate the amount of fees we would save or the costs we would incur if we became self-managed. If the expenses we assume as a result of an internalization are higher than the expenses we avoid paying to FSIC III Advisor, our earnings per share would be lower as a result of the internalization than it otherwise would have been, potentially decreasing the amount of funds available to distribute to our stockholders and the value of our shares. As we are currently organized, we do not have any employees. If we elect to internalize our operations, we would employ personnel and would be subject to potential liabilities commonly faced by employers, such as workers disability and compensation claims and other employee-related liabilities and grievances.

If we internalize our management functions, we could have difficulty integrating these functions as a standalone entity. Currently, individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates perform asset management and general and administrative functions, including accounting and financial reporting, for multiple entities. These personnel have a great deal of know-how and experience. We may fail to properly identify the appropriate mix of personnel and capital needs to operate as a standalone entity. An inability to manage an internalization transaction effectively could thus result in our incurring excess costs and/or suffering deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting. Such deficiencies could cause us to incur additional costs, and our management’s attention could be diverted from effectively managing our investments.

 

24


Table of Contents

Internalization transactions have also, in some cases, been the subject of litigation. Even if these claims are without merit, we could be forced to spend significant amounts of money defending such claims, which would reduce the amount of funds we have available for investment in targeted assets.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations or the operations of our business partners may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect. Changes in laws or regulations governing the operations of those with whom we do business, including selected broker-dealers and other financial representatives selling our shares, could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations, including with respect to permitted investments, may cause us to alter our investment strategy to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities or make other changes to our business. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans as set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to other types of investments in which FSIC III Advisor and GDFM may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of a stockholder’s investment.

As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, such as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Efforts to comply with such regulations will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with such regulations may adversely affect us.

As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, our management will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. We will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis, to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also generally requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

As a newly-formed company, developing an effective system of internal controls may require significant expenditures, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process will also result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of the completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls and maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.

The impact of recent financial reform legislation on us is uncertain.

In light of recent conditions in the U.S. and global financial markets and the U.S. and global economy, legislators, the presidential administration and regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, institutes a wide range of reforms that will have an impact on all financial institutions. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time, most of which will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full impact such requirements will have on our business, results of operations or financial condition is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or principles, or changes thereto, may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, these changes could be materially adverse to us and our stockholders.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the level of

 

25


Table of Contents

our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

Risks Related to FSIC III Advisor and Its Affiliates

FSIC III Advisor has no prior experience managing a BDC or a RIC.

While FSIC III Advisor’s management team consists of substantially the same personnel that form the investment and operations team of the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ three other affiliated BDCs, FSIC III Advisor is a new entity and has no prior experience managing a BDC or a RIC. Therefore, FSIC III Advisor may not be able to successfully operate our business or achieve our investment objectives. As a result, an investment in our shares of common stock may entail more risk than the shares of common stock of a comparable company with a substantial operating history.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs that do not apply to the other types of investment vehicles. For example, under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private or thinly-traded public companies. Moreover, qualification for RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code requires satisfaction of source-of-income, diversification and other requirements. The failure to comply with these provisions in a timely manner could prevent us from qualifying as a BDC or a RIC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. FSIC III Advisor’s lack of experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder its ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve our investment objectives.

FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, will face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. Among other matters, the compensation arrangements could affect their judgment with respect to public offerings of equity by us, which allow the dealer manager to earn additional dealer manager fees and FSIC III Advisor to earn increased asset management fees. In addition, the decision to utilize leverage will increase our assets and, as a result, will increase the amount of management fees payable to FSIC III Advisor.

We may be obligated to pay FSIC III Advisor incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.

Our investment advisory and administrative services agreement entitles FSIC III Advisor to receive incentive compensation on income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay FSIC III Advisor incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

Any incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. FSIC III Advisor is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.

For federal income tax purposes, we will be required to recognize taxable income (such as deferred interest that is accrued as original issue discount) in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our status as a RIC. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay an incentive fee with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s senior management and investment teams have to our affiliates and to other clients.

The members of the senior management and investment teams of both FSIC III Advisor and GDFM serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by the same personnel. For example, the officers, managers and other personnel of FSIC III Advisor also serve in similar capacities for the investment advisers for Franklin Square Holdings’ three other affiliated BDCs, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, and FS Investment Corporation II and Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management

 

26


Table of Contents

investment company, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. In serving in these multiple and other capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our stockholders. Our investment objectives may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. For example, we rely on FSIC III Advisor to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. FSIC III Advisor and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities which are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, FSIC III Advisor, its employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the management of other entities affiliated with Franklin Square Holdings. FSIC III Advisor and its employees will devote only as much of its or their time to our business as FSIC III Advisor and its employees, in their judgment, determine is reasonably required, which may be substantially less than their full time.

Furthermore, GDFM, on which FSIC III Advisor will rely to assist it in identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations, has similar conflicts of interest. GDFM, or its affiliate, GSO, also serves as investment sub-adviser to Franklin Square Holdings’ three other affiliated BDCs and Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management investment company. GDFM, its affiliates and their respective members, partners, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to our activities as they deem necessary and appropriate. GDFM and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with us and/or may involve substantial time and resources of GDFM. Also, in connection with such business activities, GDFM and its affiliates may have existing business relationships or access to material, non-public information that may prevent it from recommending investment opportunities that would otherwise fit within our investment objectives. All of these factors could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time, effort and ability of the members of GDFM, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business but will be allocated between us and the management of the monies of other advisees of GDFM and its affiliates.

The time and resources that individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM devote to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to the fact that individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM are not prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

Neither FSIC III Advisor nor GDFM, or individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor or GDFM, are prohibited from raising money for and managing another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that these individuals may devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. Because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we will be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance. Affiliates of GDFM, whose primary businesses include the origination of investments, engage in investment advisory business with accounts that compete with us. Affiliates of GDFM have no obligation to make their originated investment opportunities available to GDFM or to us.

Our incentive fee may induce FSIC III Advisor to make, and GDFM to recommend, speculative investments.

The incentive fee payable by us to FSIC III Advisor may create an incentive for it to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to FSIC III Advisor will be determined may encourage it to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. In addition, the fact that our base management fee will be payable based upon our average weekly gross assets, which would include any borrowings for investment purposes, may encourage FSIC III Advisor to use leverage to make additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor holders of our common stock. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be in our best interests, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. In addition, since GDFM will receive a portion of the advisory fees paid to FSIC III Advisor, GDFM may have an incentive to recommend investments that are riskier or more speculative.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the

 

27


Table of Contents

dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

As a result of the Annual Distribution Requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act, including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such incurrence or issuance. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to issue equity continuously at a rate more frequent than our privately owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution.

We expect to borrow for investment purposes. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders as well as those stockholders that are not affiliated with us approve such sale.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our board of directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons to the extent not covered by the exemptive relief, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by FSIC III Advisor without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of shares will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees and other fees. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to allocate our portfolio among various issuers and industries and achieve our investment objectives, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Our investments in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans, subordinated debt and equity of private U.S. companies, including middle-market companies, may be risky and there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest.

Senior secured loans and second lien secured loans. There is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which we have taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent our debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some circumstances, our security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Subordinated debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior loans and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our stockholders to non-cash income. Since we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Equity investments. We expect to make select equity investments. In addition, when we invest in senior secured and second lien secured loans or subordinated debt, we may acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Non-U.S. securities . We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Since non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

In addition, we may invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

 

29


Table of Contents

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or in instances where we exercise control over the borrower or render significant managerial assistance.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt for our financing needs, if any.

Interest rates have recently been at or near historic lows. In the event of a rising interest rate environment, payments under floating rate debt instruments generally would rise and there may be a significant number of issuers of such floating rate debt instruments that would be unable or unwilling to pay such increased interest costs and may otherwise be unable to repay their loans. Investments in floating rate debt instruments may also decline in value in response to rising interest rates if the interest rates of such investments do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Similarly, during periods of rising interest rates, fixed rate debt instruments may decline in value because the fixed rates of interest paid thereunder may be below market interest rates.

Second priority liens on collateral securing debt investments that we will make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we intend to make in portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing first priority debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by such company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against such company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease, during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our first lien or second lien secured loans. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our

 

30


Table of Contents

portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and net asset value. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

A covenant breach by our portfolio companies may harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Investments in middle-market companies involve some of the same risks that apply generally to investments in larger, more established companies. However, such investments have more pronounced risks in that they:

 

   

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral pledged under such securities and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

   

have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tends to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

   

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and members of FSIC III Advisor may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

   

may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we may make may include warrants or other equity securities. In addition, we may make direct equity investments in portfolio companies. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We may be unable to exercise any put rights we acquire, which grant us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company, for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest primarily in privately-held companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and the ability to withstand financial distress. As a result, these companies, which may present greater credit risk than public companies, may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Second, the investments themselves often

 

31


Table of Contents

may be illiquid. The securities of many of the companies in which we invest are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. In addition, such securities may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. These investments may also be difficult to value because little public information generally exists about private companies, requiring an experienced due diligence team to analyze and value the potential portfolio company. Finally, these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of FSIC III Advisor and/or GDFM to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules and regulations that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

A lack of liquidity in certain of our investments may adversely affect our business.

We may invest in certain companies whose securities are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors and whose securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of certain of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies. After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected return on the investment.

Our investments may include original issue discount instruments.

To the extent that we invest in original issue discount instruments and the accretion of original issue discount constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

   

Original issue discount instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability;

 

   

For accounting purposes, cash distributions in investors representing original issue discount income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of original issue discount income may come from the cash investments by investors, the 1940 Act does not require that investors be given notice of this fact;

 

   

The deferral of PIK interest may have a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents non-cash income that may require cash distributions to stockholders in order to maintain our RIC election; and

 

   

Original issue discount may create a risk of non-refundable cash payments to FSIC III Advisor based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity.

 

32


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Debt Financing

If we borrow money, which we currently intend to do, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, stockholders will experience increased risks of investing in our common stock. If the value of our assets increases, leverage would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make common stock distribution payments. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. In addition, the decision to utilize leverage will increase our assets and, as a result, will increase the amount of management fees payable to FSIC III Advisor.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we intend to use debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Federal Income Tax Risks

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.

To qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Item 1. Business—Taxation as a RIC.”

 

   

The Annual Distribution Requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

   

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

 

   

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities if such securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government

 

33


Table of Contents
  securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties.

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19104. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is presently conducted.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While the outcome of any legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

 

34


Table of Contents

PART II

Many of the amounts and percentages presented in Part II have been rounded for convenience of presentation and all dollar amounts, excluding share and per share amounts, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

There is currently no market for our common stock, and we do not expect that a market for our shares will develop in the foreseeable future. No shares of our common stock have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally will not be personally liable for our debts or obligations.

We are offering our shares of common stock on a continuous basis at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share; however to the extent that our net asset value per share increases, we will sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below net asset value per share. In connection with each weekly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to our prospectus, as amended or supplemented, which relates to our public offering of common stock on a continuous basis, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required, within 48 hours of the time that each closing and sale is made, to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price per share which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our then-current net asset value per share.

In the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our then-current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value per share.

Set forth below is a chart describing the classes of our securities outstanding as of March 28, 2014:

 

(1)    (2)      (3)      (4)  

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held by Us or
for Our Account
     Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of Amount
Under Column (3)
 

Common Stock

     550,000,000         —           22,222.222   

As of March 28, 2014, we had two record holders of our common stock.

Share Repurchase Program

We intend to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to our share repurchase program beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement.

Our board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause us to offer to repurchase shares of common stock and under what terms:

 

   

the effect of such repurchases on our qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

 

   

the liquidity of our assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

 

   

our investment plans and working capital requirements;

 

   

the relative economies of scale with respect to our size;

 

   

our history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

 

   

the condition of the securities markets.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2015, we will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. We intend to offer to repurchase such shares of common stock on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of the offering price in effect on each date of repurchase. In months in which we repurchase shares of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program, we expect to conduct repurchases on the same date that we hold our first weekly closing in such month for the sale of shares of common stock in our continuous public offering. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time upon 30 days’ notice.

 

35


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, during our offering period, we intend to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on a weekly basis and pay such distributions on either a monthly or quarterly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. We will calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the period using record and declaration dates, and each stockholder’s distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept such stockholder’s subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of common stock at the discretion of our board of directors.

To qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no federal income tax. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions. If we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our stockholders. As a result, if we make a cash distribution, our stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

We intend to make our ordinary distributions in the form of cash, out of assets legally available for distribution, unless stockholders elect to receive their distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to a U.S. stockholder. If stockholders hold shares in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, they should contact the broker or financial intermediary regarding their election to receive distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan.

Pursuant to an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, or the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds or borrowings. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Expense Reimbursement” for a detailed discussion of the expense reimbursement agreement, including amounts reimbursed to us by Franklin Square Holdings thereunder and the repayment of such amounts to Franklin Square Holdings.

From time to time and not less than quarterly, FSIC III Advisor must review our accounts to determine whether cash distributions are appropriate. We intend to distribute pro rata to our stockholders funds received by us which FSIC III Advisor deems unnecessary for us to retain.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds available to us, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from available sources to make distributions. During certain periods, our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from our continuous public offering. As a result, it is possible that a portion of the distributions we make will represent a return of capital for tax purposes. A return of capital generally is a return of an investor’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with our continuous public offering, including any fees payable to FSIC III Advisor. Each year a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the sources of the distributions will be mailed to our stockholders. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all.

We expect that for a period of time following the commencement of our continuous public offering, which time period may be significant, substantial portions of our distributions may be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by FSIC III Advisor, that are subject to repayment by us within three years. The purpose of this arrangement is to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees will not be based on our investment performance and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment

 

36


Table of Contents

performance in future periods and/or Franklin Square Holdings continues to make such reimbursements or waiver of fees. Our future repayment of amounts reimbursed or waived by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates will reduce the distributions that stockholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders will be reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following selected financial data for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 is derived from our financial statements which have been audited by McGladrey LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

     Period from
July 7, 2013
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013
 

Statement of operations data:

  

Operating expenses

   $ 189   
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (189
  

 

 

 

Per share information—basic and diluted:

  

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations (1)

   $ (8.51
  

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

  

Total assets

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the period.

 

37


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K may include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of the portfolio companies in which we may invest;

 

   

the impact of the investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources, financing sources and working capital;

 

   

the timing and amount of cash flows, distributions and dividends, if any, from our portfolio companies;

 

   

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

   

actual and potential conflicts of interest with FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, the FSGCOF Offered Funds, GDFM or any of their affiliates;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we may invest;

 

   

our use of financial leverage;

 

   

the ability of FSIC III Advisor to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

   

the ability of FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC;

 

   

the impact on our business of the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder;

 

   

the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position; and

 

   

the tax status of the enterprises in which we may invest.

In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect” and “intend” indicate a forward-looking statement, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including those factors set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include:

 

   

changes in the economy;

 

   

risks associated with possible disruption in our operations or the economy generally due to terrorism or natural disasters; and

 

   

future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K on information available to us on the date of this annual report on Form 10-K. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Stockholders are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to stockholders or through reports that we may file in the future with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this annual report on Form 10-K are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.

Overview

We were incorporated under the general corporation laws of the State of Maryland on June 7, 2013 and will commence operations upon raising gross proceeds in excess of $2,500, all of which must be from persons who are not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor. We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and intends to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. We had no operations except for matters relating to our organization and registration as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

Our investment activities will be managed by FSIC III Advisor and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. Under our investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we have agreed to pay FSIC III Advisor an annual base management fee based on our average weekly gross assets as well as incentive fees based on our performance. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM will assist FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and will make investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We have identified and intend to focus on the following investment categories, which we believe will allow us to generate an attractive total return with an acceptable level of risk.

Direct Originations : We intend to leverage our relationship with GDFM and their global sourcing and origination platform to directly source investment opportunities. Such investments are expected to be originated or structured specifically for us or made by us and will not be generally available to the broader market. These investments may include both debt and equity components, although we do not expect to make equity investments independent of having an existing credit relationship. We believe directly originated investments may offer higher returns and more favorable protections than broadly syndicated transactions.

Opportunistic : We intend to seek to capitalize on market price inefficiencies by investing in loans, bonds and other securities where the market price of such investment reflects a lower value than deemed warranted by our fundamental analysis. We believe that market price inefficiencies may occur due to, among other things, general dislocations in the markets, a misunderstanding by the market of a particular company or an industry being out of favor with the broader investment community. We will seek to allocate capital to these securities that have been misunderstood or mispriced by the market and where we believe there is an opportunity to earn an attractive return on our investment. Such opportunities may include event driven investments, anchor orders and CLOs.

 

39


Table of Contents

In the case of event driven investments, we intend to take advantage of dislocations that arise in the markets due to an impending event and where the market’s apparent expectation of value differs substantially from our fundamental analysis. Such events may include a looming debt maturity or default, a merger, spin-off or other corporate reorganization, an adverse regulatory or legal ruling, or a material contract expiration, any of which may significantly improve or impair a company’s financial position. Compared to other investment strategies, event driven investing depends more heavily on our ability to successfully predict the outcome of an individual event rather than on underlying macroeconomic fundamentals. As a result, successful event driven strategies may offer both substantial diversification benefits and the ability to generate performance in uncertain market environments.

We may also invest in certain opportunities that are originated and then syndicated by a commercial or investment bank, but where we provide a capital commitment significantly above the average syndicate participant, i.e., an anchor order. In these types of investments, we may receive fees, preferential pricing or other benefits not available to other lenders in return for our significant capital commitment. Our decision to provide an anchor order to a syndicated transaction will be predicated on a rigorous credit analysis, our familiarity with a particular company, industry or financial sponsor, and the broader investment experience of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM.

In addition, we expect that our relationship with GSO, one of the largest CLO managers in the world, will allow us to opportunistically invest in CLOs. CLOs are a form of securitization where the cash flow from a pooled basket of syndicated loans is used to support distribution payments made to different tranches of securities. While collectively CLOs represent nearly fifty percent of the broadly syndicated loan universe, investing in individual CLO tranches requires a high degree of investor sophistication due to their structural complexity and the illiquid nature of their securities.

Broadly Syndicated/Other : Although our primary focus is to invest in directly originated transactions and opportunistic investments, in certain circumstances we will also invest in the broadly syndicated loan and high yield markets. Broadly syndicated loans and bonds are generally more liquid than our directly originated investments and provide a complement to our less liquid strategies. In addition, and because we typically expect to receive more attractive financing terms on these positions than we will on our less liquid assets, we expect that we will be able to leverage the broadly syndicated portion of our portfolio in such a way that maximizes the levered return potential of our portfolio.

We anticipate that our portfolio will be comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from our target companies. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase minority interests in the form of common or preferred equity in our target companies, either in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, unsecured loans, CLOs and other debt securities. Once we raise sufficient capital, we expect that our investments will generally range between $5 million and $150 million each, although investments may vary proportionately with the size of our capital base and will ultimately be made at the discretion of FSIC III Advisor, subject to oversight by our board of directors. Prior to raising sufficient capital, we may make smaller investments due to liquidity constraints.

The senior secured and second lien secured loans in which we will invest generally are expected to have stated terms of three to seven years and any subordinated debt investments that we will make generally are expected to have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such securities generally will be between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. The loans in which we will invest may be rated by a NRSRO and, in such case, generally will carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s or lower than “BBB-” by S&P). We will also invest in non-rated debt securities.

Revenues

The principal measure of our financial performance is net increase in net assets resulting from operations, which includes net investment income, net realized gain or loss on investments, net realized gain or loss on foreign currency, net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments and net unrealized gain or loss on foreign currency. Net investment income is the difference between our income from interest, dividends, fees and other investment income and our operating and other expenses. Net realized gain or loss on investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their amortized cost. Net realized gain or loss on foreign currency is the portion of realized gain or loss attributable to foreign currency fluctuations. Net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments is the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio. Net unrealized gain or loss on foreign currency is the net change in the value of receivables or accruals due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

40


Table of Contents

We plan to principally generate revenues in the form of interest income on the debt investments we hold. We may also generate revenues in the form of dividends and other distributions on the equity or other securities we may hold. In addition, we may generate revenues in the form of commitment, closing, origination, structuring or diligence fees, monitoring fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees, prepayment fees and performance-based fees. Any such fees generated in connection with our investments will be recognized as earned.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses will include the payment of advisory fees and other expenses under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, interest expense from financing facilities and other expenses necessary for our operations. Our investment advisory fee will compensate FSIC III Advisor for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing, monitoring and servicing our investments. FSIC III Advisor will be responsible for compensating our investment sub-adviser.

We will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. Such services will include the provision of general ledger accounting, fund accounting, legal services, investor relations and other administrative services. FSIC III Advisor also performs, or oversees the performance of, our corporate operations and required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports for our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, FSIC III Advisor assists us in calculating our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will then assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will compare the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We will not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it will receive a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

We bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

 

   

corporate and organization expenses relating to offerings of our common stock, subject to limitations included in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement;

 

   

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party pricing or valuation services;

 

   

the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities;

 

   

investment advisory fees;

 

   

fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments, including fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence reviews of prospective investments;

 

   

interest payments on our debt or related obligations;

 

   

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

   

research and market data (including news and quotation equipment and services, and any computer hardware and connectivity hardware (e.g., telephone and fiber optic lines) incorporated into the cost of obtaining such research and market data);

 

   

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

   

federal and state registration fees;

 

   

federal, state and local taxes;

 

   

fees and expenses of directors not also serving in an executive officer capacity for us or FSIC III Advisor;

 

   

costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports, notices and other filings;

 

   

fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

   

direct costs such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with accounting, corporate governance, independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

brokerage commissions for our investments;

 

   

costs associated with our chief compliance officer; and

 

   

all other expenses incurred by FSIC III Advisor, GDFM or us in connection with administering our business, including expenses incurred by FSIC III Advisor or GDFM in performing administrative services for us and administrative personnel paid by FSIC III Advisor, to the extent they are not controlling persons of FSIC III Advisor or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations included in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds or borrowings. However, because certain investments we may make, including preferred and common equity investments, may generate dividends and other distributions to us that are treated for tax purposes as a return of capital, a portion of our distributions to stockholders may also be deemed to constitute a return of capital for tax purposes to the extent that we may use such dividends or other distribution proceeds to fund our distributions to stockholders. Under those circumstances, Franklin Square Holdings will not reimburse us for the portion of such distributions to stockholders that represent a return of capital for tax purposes, as the purpose of the expense reimbursement arrangement is not to prevent tax-advantaged distributions to stockholders.

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse us for expenses in an amount equal to the difference between our cumulative distributions paid to our stockholders in each quarter, less the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts are not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in each quarter.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, we will have a conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for any amounts funded by Franklin Square Holdings under such agreement if (and only to the extent that), during any fiscal quarter occurring within three years of the date on which Franklin Square Holdings funded such amount, the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) exceeds the distributions paid by us to our stockholders; provided, however, that (i) we will only reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings with respect to any calendar quarter to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense support payments received by us during such fiscal year) to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such payments into account and (B) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings made during the same fiscal year) and (ii) we will not reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings for any calendar quarter if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time Franklin Square Holdings made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement relates. “Other operating expenses” means our total “operating expenses” (as defined below), excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses. “Operating expenses” means all operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, for investment companies.

We or Franklin Square Holdings may terminate the expense reimbursement agreement at any time. The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by Franklin Square Holdings, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. Upon termination of the expense reimbursement agreement by Franklin Square Holdings, Franklin Square Holdings will be required to fund any amounts accrued thereunder as of the date of termination. Similarly, our conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement shall survive the termination of such agreement by either party.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and our vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of our expenses in future quarters.

 

42


Table of Contents

Portfolio Investment Activity for the Period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not make or sell any investments in portfolio companies.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We intend to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of our continuous public offering and from cash flows from fees, interest and dividends earned from our investments as well as principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. Immediately after we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, gross subscription funds will total at least $2,500, plus any proceeds received from the private placement to certain members of our board of directors and individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. Subsequent to satisfying the minimum offering requirement, we will sell our shares on a continuous basis at an initial offering price of $10.00 and thereafter will accept subscriptions on a continuous basis and issue shares at weekly closings at prices that, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, must be above our net asset value per share. In the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our then-current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value per share. In connection with each weekly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required, within 48 hours of the time that each closing and sale is made, to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price per share which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our then-current net asset value per share.

Prior to investing in securities of portfolio companies, we will invest the net proceeds from our continuous public offering and from sales and paydowns of existing investments primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, consistent with our BDC election and our intent to be taxed as a RIC.

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of our continuous public offering, to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. However, we have not currently decided whether, and to what extent, we will finance portfolio investments using debt. We do not currently anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

Capital Contribution by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase approximately 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains our investment adviser. In addition, we are currently conducting a private placement of shares of our common stock to certain members of our board of directors and individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. We expect to issue the shares purchased in the private placement at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, upon the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement. As a result, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, we will have raised total gross proceeds of at least $2,500, plus the proceeds received in the private placement. A portion of these proceeds may be used to pay certain front end fees, as defined in our charter, and expenses.

RIC Status and Distributions

We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” as defined by the Code, each year. As long as the distributions are declared by the later of the fifteenth day of the ninth month following the close of the taxable year or the due date of the tax return, including extensions, distributions paid up to one year after the current tax year can be carried back to the prior tax year for determining the distributions paid in such tax year. We intend to make sufficient distributions to our stockholders to qualify for and maintain our RIC status each year. We are also subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if we do not distribute at least 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of any capital gain net income, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years on which we paid no federal income taxes.

 

43


Table of Contents

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, during our offering period, we intend to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on a weekly basis and pay such distributions on either a monthly or quarterly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. We will calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the period using record and declaration dates and each stockholder’s distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept such stockholder’s subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or common stock at the discretion of our board of directors.

During certain periods, our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from our continuous public offering of our common stock. As a result, it is possible that a portion of the distributions we make will represent a return of capital for tax purposes. A return of capital generally is a return of an investor’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with our continuous public offering, including any fees payable to FSIC III Advisor. Each year a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the sources of the distributions will be mailed to our stockholders.

We intend to make our ordinary distributions in the form of cash out of assets legally available for distribution, unless stockholders elect to receive their cash distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to a U.S. stockholder.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our stockholders. As a result, if we make a cash distribution, our stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds available to us, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from available sources to make distributions.

We expect that for a period of time following commencement of our continuous public offering, which time period may be significant, substantial portions of our distributions may be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by FSIC III Advisor, that are subject to repayment by us within three years. The purpose of this arrangement is to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or Franklin Square Holdings continues to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by Franklin Square Holdings or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that stockholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of each fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders will be reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those that require the application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often because of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and that may change in subsequent periods. In preparing the financial statements, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. In preparing the financial statements, management has utilized available information, including our past history, industry standards and the current economic environment, among other factors, in forming its estimates and judgments, giving due consideration to materiality. Actual results may differ from these estimates. In addition, other companies may utilize different estimates, which may impact the comparability of our results of operations to those of companies in similar businesses. As we execute our expected operating plans, we will describe additional critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements in addition to those discussed below.

 

44


Table of Contents

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

We intend to determine the net asset value of our investment portfolio each quarter. Securities that are publicly-traded will be valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities that are not publicly-traded will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. In connection with that determination, we expect that FSIC III Advisor will provide our board of directors with portfolio company valuations which are based on relevant inputs, including, but not limited to, indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts, and valuations prepared by third-party valuation services.

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure , or ASC Topic 820, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, we intend to undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly valuation process will begin with FSIC III Advisor’s management team providing a preliminary valuation of each portfolio company or investment to our valuation committee, which valuation may be obtained from an independent valuation firm, if applicable;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our valuation committee;

 

   

our valuation committee will review the preliminary valuation and FSIC III Advisor’s management team, together with our independent valuation firm, if applicable, will respond and supplement the preliminary valuation to reflect any comments provided by the valuation committee; and

 

   

our board of directors will discuss valuations and will determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of FSIC III Advisor, the valuation committee and any third-party valuation firm, if applicable.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our audited financial statements will refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations and any change in such valuations on our financial statements. Below is a description of factors that our board of directors may consider when valuing our debt and equity investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, we may incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that our board of directors may consider include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the portfolio company in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing our debt investments.

For convertible debt securities, fair value will generally approximate the fair value of the debt plus the fair value of an option to purchase the underlying security (the security into which the debt may convert) at the conversion price. To value such an option, a standard option pricing model may be used.

Our equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market will be valued at fair value. Our board of directors, in its analysis of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or our actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.

Our board of directors may also look to private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. Our board of directors may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, as well as any other factors it deems relevant in assessing the value. Generally, the value of our equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available will be based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale will typically be valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.

 

45


Table of Contents

When we receive warrants or other equity securities at nominal or no additional cost in connection with an investment in a debt security, our board of directors will allocate the cost basis in the investment between the debt securities and any such warrants or other equity securities received at the time of origination. Our board of directors will subsequently value these warrants or other equity securities received at fair value.

The fair values of our investments will be determined in good faith by our board of directors. Our board of directors will be solely responsible for the valuation of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to our valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process.

We will periodically benchmark the bid and ask prices we receive from the third-party pricing services against the actual prices at which we purchase and sell our investments. Based on the results of the benchmark analysis and the experience of our management in purchasing and selling these investments, we believe that these prices are reliable indicators of fair value. However, because of the private nature of this marketplace (meaning actual transactions are not publicly reported), we believe that these valuation inputs are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. We may also use other methods to determine fair value for securities for which we cannot obtain prevailing bid and ask prices through our third-party pricing services or independent dealers, including the use of an independent valuation firm. We will periodically benchmark the valuations provided by the independent valuation firm against the actual prices at which we purchase and sell our investments. Our valuation committee and board of directors will review and approve the valuation determinations made with respect to these investments in a manner consistent with our valuation process.

Revenue Recognition

Security transactions will be accounted for on the trade date. We will record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. We will record dividend income on the ex-dividend date. We will not accrue as a receivable interest or dividends on loans and securities if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such income. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount will be capitalized and we will amortize such amounts as interest income over the respective term of the loan or security. Upon the prepayment of a loan or security, any unamortized loan origination fees and original issue discount will be recorded as interest income. Upfront structuring fees will be recorded as fee income when earned. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and securities as fee income when we receive such amounts.

Net Realized Gains or Losses, Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation and Net Change in Unrealized Gains or Losses on Foreign Currency

Gains or losses on the sale of investments will be calculated by using the specific identification method. We will measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but will consider unamortized upfront fees. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses when gains or losses are realized. Net change in unrealized gains or losses on foreign currency will reflect the change in the value of receivables or accruals during the reporting period due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

Capital Gains Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). Such fee will equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains (i.e., our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. On a quarterly basis, we will accrue for the capital gains incentive fee by calculating such fee as if it were due and payable as of the end of such period.

While the investment advisory and administrative services agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of an American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, we will include unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee expense and related accrued capital gains incentive fee. This accrual will reflect the incentive fees that would be payable to FSIC III Advisor if our entire portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though FSIC III Advisor is not entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

 

46


Table of Contents

Organization Costs

Organization costs include, among other things, the cost of incorporating, including the cost of legal services and other fees pertaining to our organization. These costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we incurred organization costs of $189, which were paid on our behalf by Franklin Square Holdings and have been recorded as a contribution to capital. See also “—Related Party Transactions.”

Offering Costs

Our offering costs include, among other things, legal fees and other costs pertaining to the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form N-2 relating to our continuous public offering of shares of common stock. We have charged offering costs against capital in excess of par value on the balance sheet. For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we incurred offering costs of $1,619, which were paid on our behalf by Franklin Square Holdings and have been recorded as a contribution to capital. See also “—Related Party Transactions.”

Income Taxes

We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for and maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. As a RIC, we will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders. We intend to make distributions in an amount sufficient to qualify for and maintain our RIC status each year and to not pay any federal income taxes on income so distributed. We will also be subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if we do not distribute at least 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of any capital gain net income, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years for which we paid no federal income taxes.

Uncertainty in Income Taxes

We will evaluate our tax positions to determine if the tax positions taken meet the minimum recognition threshold in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for the purposes of measuring and recognizing tax benefits or liabilities in our financial statements. Recognition of a tax benefit or liability with respect to an uncertain tax position is required only when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by taxing authorities. We will recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense in our statements of operations. During the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not incur any interest or penalties.

Distributions

Distributions to our stockholders will be recorded as of the record date. Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, during our offering period, we intend to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on a weekly basis and pay such distributions on either a monthly or quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, will be distributed or deemed distributed at least annually.

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into an agreement with FSIC III Advisor to provide us with investment advisory and administrative services. Payments for investment advisory services under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement in future periods will be equal to (a) an annual base management fee of 2.0% of our average weekly gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. FSIC III Advisor and, to the extent it is required to provide such services, our sub-adviser, will be reimbursed for administrative expenses incurred on our behalf. In addition, FSIC III Advisor will be eligible to receive incentive fees based on the performance of our portfolio. For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, no services had been performed by FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, and no fees or reimbursements had been earned or paid to date.

 

47


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including any risk management of commodity pricing or other hedging practices.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

None.

Related Party Transactions

Compensation of the Dealer Manager and Investment Adviser

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, after we meet the minimum offering requirement, FSIC III Advisor will become entitled to an annual base management fee of 2.0% of our average weekly gross assets and an incentive fee based on our performance. We will commence accruing fees under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement upon commencement of our operations after we meet the minimum offering requirement. Management fees will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears.

The incentive fee will consist of two parts. The first part, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and will be subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital, as defined in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains, will be accrued for on a quarterly basis and, if earned, will be paid annually. We will accrue this incentive fee based on net realized and unrealized gains; however, under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the fee payable to FSIC III Advisor will be based on realized gains and no such fee will be payable with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Capital Gains Incentive Fee.”

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor will oversee our day-to-day operations, including the provision of general ledger accounting, fund accounting, legal services, investor relations and other administrative services. FSIC III Advisor also will perform, or will oversee the performance of, our corporate operations and required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports for our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, FSIC III Advisor will assist us in calculating our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

We will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will then assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will compare the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs.

Franklin Square Holdings has funded certain of our offering costs and organization costs in the amount of $1,808 for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013. These costs have been recorded by us as a contribution to capital. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on the financial statements and the organization costs were charged to expense as incurred by us. Under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, there is no liability on our part for the offering or organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) until the investment advisory and administrative services agreement is effective and we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement. At such time, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 1.5% of the gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all offering costs and organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) have been recovered. The minimum reimbursement to FSIC III Advisor for such fees is expected to be $37.5, assuming we are able to raise $2,500 in gross proceeds. The investment advisory and administrative services agreement will not be effective until we meet the minimum offering requirement.

The dealer manager for our continuous public offering is FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, or FS 2 , which is one of our affiliates. Under the dealer manager agreement among us, FSIC III Advisor and FS 2 , FS 2 is entitled to receive sales commissions and dealer manager fees in connection with the sale of shares of common stock in our continuous public offering, all or a portion of which may be re-allowed to selected broker-dealers. For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not accrue any fees under this arrangement.

 

48


Table of Contents

Capital Contribution by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase approximately 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains our investment adviser. In addition, we are currently conducting a private placement of shares of our common stock to certain members of our board of directors and individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. We expect to issue the shares purchased in the private placement at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, upon the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement. As a result, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, we will have raised total gross proceeds of at least $2,500, plus the proceeds received in the private placement. A portion of these proceeds may be used to pay certain front end fees, as defined in our charter, and expenses.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team is comprised of substantially the same personnel as the senior management teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ other affiliated BDCs and its affiliated closed-end management investment company. As a result, such personnel provide investment advisory services to us and each of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. While none of FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC or FS Global Advisor, LLC is currently making private corporate debt investments for clients other than us, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, respectively, any, or all, may do so in the future. In the event that FSIC III Advisor undertakes to provide investment advisory services to other clients in the future, it intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies, if necessary, so that we will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of FSIC III Advisor or its management team. In addition, even in the absence of FSIC III Advisor retaining additional clients, it is possible that some investment opportunities may be provided to FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and/or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund rather than to us.

Exemptive Relief

In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. We believe this relief may not only enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy, but may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if we had not obtained such relief. Because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds or borrowings. See “—Overview—Expense Reimbursement” for a detailed description of the expense reimbursement agreement.

During the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not accrue any reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to certain variable rate investments we may hold and to declines in the value of any fixed rate investments we may hold. To the extent that a substantial portion of our investments may be in variable rate investments, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed our incentive fee hurdle rate, as described in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement we have entered into with FSIC III Advisor, and may result in a substantial increase in our net investment income and to the amount of incentive fees payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to our increased pre-incentive fee net investment income.

In addition, in the future we may seek to borrow funds in order to make investments. Our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we would be subject to risks relating to changes in market interest rates. In periods of rising interest rates, when we have such debt outstanding or financing arrangements in effect, our interest expense would increase, which could reduce our net investment income, especially to the extent we hold fixed rate investments.

 

49


Table of Contents

We expect that our long-term investments will be financed primarily with equity and debt. If deemed prudent, we may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to minimize our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. During the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not engage in interest rate hedging activities.

In addition, we may have risk regarding portfolio valuation. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

 

50


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     52   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

     53   

Statement of Operations for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

     54   

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December  31, 2013

     55   

Notes to Financial Statements

     56   

 

51


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

FS Investment Corporation III

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of FS Investment Corporation III (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FS Investment Corporation III as of December 31, 2013 and the results of its operations for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2014

 

52


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 3)

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     —     
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized, 22,222 shares issued and outstanding

     —     

Capital in excess of par value

     389   

Accumulated loss

     (189
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

Net asset value per share of common stock at period end

   $ 9.00   
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Statement of Operations

Period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Operating expenses

  

Organization costs

   $ 189   
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (189
  

 

 

 

Per share information—basic and diluted

  

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (8.51
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     22,222   
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

Period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Operations

  

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (189

Capital share transactions

  

Issuance of common stock

     200   

Capital contributions of investment adviser

     1,808   

Offering costs

     (1,619
  

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions

     389   
  

 

 

 

Total increase in net assets

     200   

Net assets at beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net assets at end of period

   $ 200   
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 1. Principal Business and Organization

FS Investment Corporation III, or the Company, was incorporated under the general corporation laws of the State of Maryland on June 7, 2013 and has been inactive since that date except for matters relating to its organization and registration as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Company expects to commence operations upon raising gross proceeds in excess of $2,500, or the minimum offering requirement, all of which must be from sales of shares of its common stock in its continuous public offering to persons who are not affiliated with the Company or the Company’s investment adviser, FSIC III Advisor, LLC, or FSIC III Advisor. FSIC III Advisor is a private investment firm that is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. FSIC III Advisor is an affiliate of the Company.

The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. The Company is an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that will elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

The Company’s investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. middle-market companies. The Company seeks to generate superior risk-adjusted returns by focusing on debt investments in a broad array of private U.S. companies, including middle-market companies, which the Company defines as companies with annual revenues of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. The Company may purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from its target companies.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation : The accompanying audited financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC .

Use of Estimates : The preparation of the audited financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Many of the amounts have been rounded, and all amounts are in thousands, except share and per share amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents : The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All cash balances are maintained with a high credit quality financial institution, which is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Valuation of Portfolio Investment s: The Company intends to determine the net asset value of its investment portfolio each quarter. Securities that are publicly-traded will be valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities that are not publicly-traded will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. In connection with that determination, the Company expects that FSIC III Advisor will provide the Company’s board of directors with portfolio company valuations which are based on relevant inputs, including, but not limited to, indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts, and valuations prepared by third-party valuation services.

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, or ASC Topic 820, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

56


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company intends to undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

the Company’s quarterly valuation process will begin with FSIC III Advisor’s management team providing a preliminary valuation of each portfolio company or investment to the Company’s valuation committee, which valuation may be obtained from an independent valuation firm, if applicable;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with the Company’s valuation committee;

 

   

the Company’s valuation committee will review the preliminary valuation and FSIC III Advisor’s management team, together with its independent valuation firm, if applicable, will respond and supplement the preliminary valuation to reflect any comments provided by the valuation committee; and

 

   

the Company’s board of directors will discuss valuations and will determine the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of FSIC III Advisor, the valuation committee and any third-party valuation firm, if applicable.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, these notes to the Company’s audited financial statements will refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations and any change in such valuations on the Company’s financial statements. Below is a description of factors that the Company’s board of directors may consider when valuing the Company’s debt and equity investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, the Company may incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that the Company’s board of directors may consider include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the portfolio company in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing the Company’s debt investments.

For convertible debt securities, fair value will generally approximate the fair value of the debt plus the fair value of an option to purchase the underlying security (the security into which the debt may convert) at the conversion price. To value such an option, a standard option pricing model may be used.

The Company’s equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market will be valued at fair value. The Company’s board of directors, in its analysis of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or the Company’s actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.

The Company’s board of directors may also look to private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. The Company’s board of directors may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, as well as any other factors it deems relevant in assessing the value. Generally, the value of the Company’s equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available will be based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale will typically be valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.

When the Company receives warrants or other equity securities at nominal or no additional cost in connection with an investment in a debt security, the Company’s board of directors will allocate the cost basis in the investment between the debt securities and any such warrants or other equity securities received at the time of origination. The Company’s board of directors will subsequently value these warrants or other equity securities received at fair value.

 

57


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The fair values of the Company’s investments will be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors will be solely responsible for the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process.

Revenue Recognition : Security transactions will be accounted for on the trade date. The Company will record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that it expects to collect such amounts. The Company will record dividend income on the ex-dividend date. The Company will not accrue as a receivable interest or dividends on loans and securities if there is reason to doubt the collectability of such income. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount will be capitalized and such amounts will be amortized as interest income over the respective term of the loan or security. Upon the prepayment of a loan or security, any unamortized loan origination fees and original issue discount will be recorded as interest income. Upfront structuring fees will be recorded as fee income when earned. The Company will record prepayment premiums on loans and securities as fee income when it receives such amounts.

Net Realized Gains or Losses, Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation and Net Change in Unrealized Gains or Losses on Foreign Currency : Gains or losses on the sale of investments will be calculated by using the specific identification method. The Company will measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but will consider unamortized upfront fees. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses, when gains or losses are realized. Net change in unrealized gains or losses on foreign currency will reflect the change in the value of receivables or accruals during the reporting period due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

Capital Gains Incentive Fee : The Company has entered into an investment advisory and administrative services agreement with FSIC III Advisor, dated as of December 20, 2013, or the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). Such fee will equal 20.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains (i.e., the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. On a quarterly basis, the Company will accrue for the capital gains incentive fee by calculating such fee as if it were due and payable as of the end of such period.

While the investment advisory and administrative services agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of an American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, the Company will include unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee expense and related accrued capital gains incentive fee. This accrual will reflect the incentive fees that would be payable to FSIC III Advisor if the Company’s entire portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though FSIC III Advisor will not be entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

Organization Costs : Organization costs include, among other things, the cost of incorporating, including the cost of legal services and other fees pertaining to the Company’s organization. These costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company incurred organization costs of $189, which were paid on behalf of the Company by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or Franklin Square Holdings, the Company’s sponsor and an affiliate of FSIC III Advisor, and have been recorded as a contribution to capital (see Note 3).

Offering Costs : The Company’s offering costs include, among other things, legal fees and other costs pertaining to the preparation of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 relating to its continuous public offering of shares of its common stock. The Company has charged offering costs against capital in excess of par value on the balance sheet. During the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company incurred offering costs of $1,619, which were paid on behalf of the Company by Franklin Square Holdings and have been recorded as a contribution to capital (see Note 3).

Income Taxes : The Company intends to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among

 

58


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute to its stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally the Company’s net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. As a RIC, the Company will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that it distributes to its stockholders. The Company intends to make distributions in an amount sufficient to qualify for and maintain its RIC status each year and to not pay any federal income taxes on income so distributed. The Company will also be subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if it does not distribute at least 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of any capital gain net income, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years for which it paid no federal income taxes.

Uncertainty in Income Taxes : The Company will evaluate its tax positions to determine if the tax positions taken meet the minimum recognition threshold in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for the purposes of measuring and recognizing tax benefits or liabilities in the financial statements. Recognition of a tax benefit or liability with respect to an uncertain tax position is required only when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by taxing authorities. The Company will recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense in the Company’s statements of operations. During the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company did not incur any interest or penalties.

Distributions : Distributions to the Company’s stockholders will be recorded as of the record date. Subject to the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and applicable legal restrictions, during the offering period, the Company intends to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on a weekly basis and pay such distributions on either a monthly or quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, will be distributed or deemed distributed at least annually.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Compensation of the Dealer Manager and Investment Adviser

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, after we meet the minimum offering requirement, FSIC III Advisor will become entitled to an annual base management fee of 2.0% of the Company’s average weekly gross assets and an incentive fee based on the Company’s performance. The Company will commence accruing fees under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement upon commencement of the Company’s operations after it meets the minimum offering requirement. Management fees will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears.

The incentive fee will consist of two parts. The first part, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and will be subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital, as defined in the Company’s investment advisory and administrative services agreement, equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this incentive fee for any quarter until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375% of adjusted capital, or 9.375% annually. This “catch-up” feature allows FSIC III Advisor to recoup the fees foregone as a result of the existence of the hurdle rate. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will receive 20.0% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income.

The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). This fee will equal 20.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains, which will equal the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The Company will accrue for the capital gains incentive fee, which, if earned, will be paid annually. The Company will accrue the capital gains incentive fee based on net realized and unrealized gains; however, under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the fee payable to FSIC III Advisor will be based on realized gains and no such fee will be payable with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

 

59


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 3. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The Company will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to the Company’s administration and operations. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that the Company estimates it would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor will be required to allocate the cost of such services to the Company based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. The Company’s board of directors will then assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to the Company of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, the Company’s board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, the Company’s board of directors will compare the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of the Company’s net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs.

Franklin Square Holdings has funded certain of the Company’s offering costs and organization costs in the amount of $1,808 for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013. These costs have been recorded by the Company as a contribution to capital. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on the financial statements and the organization costs were charged to expense as incurred by the Company (see Note 2). Under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, there is no liability on the Company’s part for the offering or organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) until the investment advisory and administrative services agreement is effective and the Company has satisfied the minimum offering requirement. At such time, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 1.5% of the gross proceeds raised in the Company’s continuous public offering until all offering costs and organization costs listed above and any future offering or organization costs incurred have been recovered. The minimum reimbursement to FSIC III Advisor for such fees is expected to be $37.5, assuming the minimum offering requirement is satisfied. The investment advisory and administrative services agreement will not be effective until the Company meets the minimum offering requirement.

The dealer manager for the Company’s continuous public offering is FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, or FS 2 , which is one of the Company’s affiliates. Under the dealer manager agreement among the Company, FSIC III Advisor and FS 2 , FS 2 is entitled to receive sales commissions and dealer manager fees in connection with the sale of shares of common stock in the Company’s continuous public offering, all or a portion of which may be re-allowed to selected broker-dealers.

Capital Contributions by FSIC III Advisor

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase approximately 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains the Company’s investment adviser.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team is comprised of substantially the same personnel as the senior management teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ other affiliated BDCs and affiliated closed-end management investment company. As a result, such personnel provide investment advisory services to the Company and each of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. While none of FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC or FS Global Advisor, LLC is currently making private corporate debt investments for clients other than the Company, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, respectively, any, or all, may do so in the future. In the event that FSIC III Advisor undertakes to provide investment advisory services to other clients in the future, it intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies, if necessary, so that the Company will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of FSIC III Advisor or its management team. In addition, even in the absence of FSIC III Advisor retaining additional clients, it is possible that some investment opportunities may be provided to FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and/or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund rather than to the Company.

 

60


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 3. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

Exemptive Relief

In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting the Company, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor, including FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and any future BDCs that are advised by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliated investment advisers, or collectively, the Company’s co-investment affiliates. The Company believes this relief may not only enhance its ability to further its investment objectives and strategy, but may also increase favorable investment opportunities for the Company, in part by allowing it to participate in larger investments, together with the Company’s co-investment affiliates, than would be available to it if it had not obtained such relief. Because the Company did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GSO/Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, or GDFM, and its affiliates, it will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement, dated December 20, 2013, entered into by Franklin Square Holdings and the Company, or the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. However, because certain investments the Company may make, including preferred and common equity investments, may generate dividends and other distributions to the Company that are treated for tax purposes as a return of capital, a portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders may also be deemed to constitute a return of capital for tax purposes to the extent that the Company may use such dividends or other distribution proceeds to fund its distributions to stockholders. Under those circumstances, Franklin Square Holdings will not reimburse the Company for the portion of such distributions to stockholders that represent a return of capital for tax purposes, as the purpose of the expense reimbursement arrangement is not to prevent tax-advantaged distributions to stockholders.

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse the Company quarterly for expenses in an amount equal to the difference between the Company’s cumulative distributions paid to its stockholders in each quarter, less the sum of the Company’s net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts are not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in each quarter.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, the Company has a conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for any amounts funded by Franklin Square Holdings under this arrangement if (and only to the extent that), during any fiscal quarter occurring within three years of the date on which Franklin Square Holdings funded such amount, the sum of the Company’s net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) exceeds the ordinary cash distributions paid by the Company to stockholders; provided, however, that (i) the Company will only reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense reimbursement payments received by the Company during such fiscal year) to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of the Company’s average net assets attributable to its shares of common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such payments into account and (B) the percentage of the Company’s average net assets attributable to its shares of common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) will not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings made during the same fiscal year); and (ii) the Company will not reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time Franklin Square Holdings made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement relates. “Other operating expenses” means the Company’s total “operating expenses” (as defined below), excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses. “Operating expenses” means all operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with GAAP for investment companies.

 

61


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 3. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The Company or Franklin Square Holdings may terminate the expense reimbursement agreement at any time. Franklin Square Holdings has indicated that it expects to continue such reimbursements until it deems that the Company has achieved economies of scale sufficient to ensure that it bears a reasonable level of expenses in relation to its income.

The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. Upon termination of the expense reimbursement agreement by Franklin Square Holdings, Franklin Square Holdings will be required to fund any amounts accrued thereunder as of the date of termination. Similarly, the conditional obligation of the Company to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement shall survive the termination of such agreement by either party.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by the Company’s chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and the Company’s vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of the Company’s expenses in future quarters.

Note 4. Share Repurchase Program

Beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, and on a quarterly basis thereafter, the Company intends to offer to repurchase shares of common stock on such terms as may be determined by the Company’s board of directors in its complete and absolute discretion unless, in the judgment of the independent directors of the Company’s board of directors, such repurchases would not be in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders or would violate applicable law. The Company will conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act. In months in which the Company repurchases shares of common stock pursuant to its share repurchase program, it expects to conduct repurchases on the same date that it holds its first weekly closing in such month for the sale of shares of common stock in its continuous public offering. Any offer to repurchase shares of common stock will be conducted solely through tender offer materials mailed to each stockholder.

The Company’s board of directors will also consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause the Company to offer to repurchase shares of common stock and under what terms:

 

   

the effect of such repurchases on the Company’s qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

 

   

the liquidity of the Company’s assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

 

   

the Company’s investment plans and working capital requirements;

 

   

the relative economies of scale with respect to the Company’s size;

 

   

the Company’s history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

 

   

the condition of the securities markets.

The Company currently intends to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock it can repurchase with the proceeds it receives from the sale of shares of common stock under its distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, the Company may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2015, the Company will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that the Company offers to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. The Company intends to offer to repurchase such shares of common stock at a price equal to 90% of the offering price in effect on each date of repurchase. The Company’s board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, upon 30 days’ notice.

 

62


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013. Based on the foregoing, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were (a) designed to ensure that the information we are required to disclose in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed and reported in an accurate manner and on a timely basis and the information that we are required to disclose in our Exchange Act reports is accumulated and communicated to management to permit timely decisions with respect to required disclosure and (b) operating in an effective manner.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis, to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

63


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers.

Information about the Board of Directors

A majority of the members of our board of directors are not “interested persons,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of us or FSIC III Advisor and are independent directors under Rule 303A.00 of the New York Stock Exchange LLC. These individuals are referred to as our independent directors, or the Independent Directors. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with us. The members of our board of directors that are not Independent Directors are referred to as interested directors, or the Interested Directors.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the members of our board of directors:

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
    

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the

Past Five Years†

Brian R. Ford

Age: 65

Director

     Since 2013      

Mr. Ford retired as a partner of Ernst & Young LLP, a multinational professional services firm, in July 2008, where he was employed since 1971. Mr. Ford currently serves on the board of various public companies, including GulfMark Offshore, Inc., or GulfMark, a global provider of marine transportation, since March 2009. He also has served as the chairman of the audit committee of GulfMark since March 2011. Mr. Ford has also served on the board of NRG Yield, Inc., which invests in contracted renewable and conventional generation and thermal infrastructure assets, since July 2013, and has served on its audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance, conflicts and nominating committee since July 2013. He has also served on the board of AmeriGas Propane, Inc., a propane company, since November 2013, and has served as a member of its audit committee and corporate governance committee since November 2013. Mr. Ford was previously the chief executive officer of Washington Philadelphia Partners, LP, a real estate investment company, from July 2008 to April 2010. He also has served on the boards of Drexel University and Drexel University College of Medicine since March 2004 and March 2009, respectively. Mr. Ford received his B.S. in Economics from Rutgers University. He is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Mr. Ford’s extensive financial accounting experience and service on the boards of public companies, in the opinion of our board of directors, provides him with insight which is beneficial to us.

  

One

   Gulfmark Offshore, Inc.; NRG Yield, Inc.; AmeriGas Propane, Inc.

 

64


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the

Past Five Years†

Jeffrey K. Harrow Age: 57

Director

   Since 2014   

Mr. Harrow has been chairman of Sparks Marketing Group, Inc., or Sparks, since 2001. Mr. Harrow is responsible for both operating divisions of Sparks, which includes Sparks Custom Retail and Sparks Exhibits & Environments, with offices throughout the United States and China. Sparks’ clients include a number of Fortune 500 companies. He also currently serves as a member of the board of directors of FS Investment Corporation and as the chairman of FS Investment Corporation’s nominating and corporate governance committee, and has presided in such roles since September 2010 and September 2013. Prior to joining Sparks, Mr. Harrow served as president and chief executive officer of CMPExpress.com from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Harrow created the strategy that allowed CMPExpress.com to move from a Business-to-Consumer marketplace into the Business-to-Business sector. In 2000, Mr. Harrow successfully negotiated the sale of CMPExpress.com to Cyberian Outpost (NASDAQ ticker: COOL). From 1982 through 1998, Mr. Harrow was the president, chief executive officer and a director of Travel One, a national travel management company. Mr. Harrow was responsible for growing the company from a single office location to more than 100 offices in over 40 cities and to its rank as the 6th largest travel management company in the United States. Under his sales strategy, annual revenues grew from $8 million to just under $1 billion. During this time, Mr. Harrow purchased nine travel companies in strategic cities to complement Travel One’s organic growth. In 1998, Mr. Harrow and his partners sold Travel One to American Express. In addition to serving as a board member of Sparks, Mr. Harrow’s past directorships include service as a director of Cherry Hill National Bank, Hickory Travel Systems, Marlton Technologies and Ovation Travel Group and the Dean’s Board of Advisors of The George Washington University School of Business. Mr. Harrow is a graduate of The George Washington University School of Government and Business Administration, where he received his BBA in 1979.

 

Mr. Harrow has served in a senior executive capacity at various companies, as well as a member of various boards. His extensive service at various companies has provided him, in the opinion of our board of directors, with experience and insight which is beneficial to us.

   Two   

FS Investment

Corporation

 

65


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
    

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the

Past Five Years†

Daniel J. Hilferty III

Age: 57

Director

     Since 2014      

Mr. Hilferty is the president and chief executive officer of Independence Blue Cross, a health insurer, and has presided in such capacity since December 2010. He previously served as the president of Independence Blue Cross’ health markets division from December 2009 to December 2010 and as the president and chief executive officer of AmeriHealth Mercy Family of Companies (now AmeriHealth Caritas), a managed-care company, from March 1996 to December 2009. Mr. Hilferty also currently serves on the boards of various private organizations, including as a member and vice chairman of the board of trustees of Saint Joseph’s University since June 2007 and June 2010, respectively, and as a member of the board of directors and chairman of the health policy and advocacy committee of Blue Cross Blue Shield Association since December 2010 and December 2013, respectively. Mr. Hilferty graduated from the American University Graduate School for Government and Public Administration with a Master’s in Public Administration and received his B.S. in Accounting at Saint Joseph’s University.

 

Mr. Hilferty’s extensive leadership experience provides him, in the opinion of our board of directors, with attributes that would be beneficial to us.

   One    None

 

66


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the Past
Five Years†

Steven D. Irwin

Age: 54

Director

   Since 2013   

Mr. Irwin currently serves as a partner of the law firm Leech Tishman Fuscaldo & Lampl, LLC, or Leech Tishman, and has been with Leech Tishman since September 2001. Mr. Irwin has served as the chairman of its government relations practice group since January 2003, and previously served as member of its management committee from 2001 to January 2012 and as the chairman of its employment practice group from September 2001 to December 2011. He also currently serves as a commissioner of banking and securities for the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (previously the Pennsylvania Securities Commission), which regulates financial services providers, and has served in such capacity since August 2012. From October 2006 to August 2012, he served as a commissioner for the Pennsylvania Securities Commission. Mr. Irwin served as the president-elect and as a member of the board of directors of the North American Securities Administrators Association, an association organized to provide investor protection, from September 2010 to October 2013. Mr. Irwin has been a member of the board of trustees of the Jewish Healthcare Foundation since December 2013 and as the president and member of the executive committee of Big Brothers Big Sisters of Greater Pittsburgh since 1995. Mr. Irwin received his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center and received his A.B. in Government from Harvard University.

 

Mr. Irwin has substantial experience serving in a leadership capacity with respect to securities regulation and providing legal services. Mr. Irwin’s experience, in the opinion of our board of directors, has provided him with insight which is beneficial to us.

   One    None

 

67


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the Past
Five Years†

Robert N.C. Nix, III

Age: 59

Director

   Since 2013   

Mr. Nix is currently of counsel at Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippel LLP and has served in such capacity since 2005, and is the founder and owner of Pleasant News, Inc., a service provider of retail, news and gift and specialty retail services, food operations and management consulting services, and has served in such capacity since 1995. In addition to these positions, Mr. Nix currently serves on the board of NHS Corporation, a human services provider, and has presided in such role since 1985, and has served on its succession committee since 2013. He has also served on the City of Philadelphia’s Board of Revision of Taxes since 1988 and has served as its secretary since 1993. Mr. Nix also currently serves on the boards of Parkside Recovery, the Fairmount Park Conservancy and the Schuylkill River Development Corporation, and has presided in such roles since 1987, 2003 and 2006, respectively. Mr. Nix received his J.D. from the Nova Law Center and received his B.S. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Our board of directors determined that Mr. Nix’s extensive service on the boards of various companies has provided him with experience that would be beneficial to us.

   One    None

 

68


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)
  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of

Companies in
Fund Complex

Overseen by

Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the

Past Five Years†

Peter G. Stanley

Age: 72

Director

   Since 2014   

Mr. Stanley is the chairman of the board of directors of Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd., an investment banking firm, and has presided in such capacity since January 2005. Mr. Stanley also serves as a director of J&J Snack Foods Corp., a food and beverage manufacturing and distributing company, and has presided in such role since 1983. He has also served as the chairman of the audit committee and as a member of the compensation committee of J&J Snack Foods Corp. Mr. Stanley previously served as Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd.’s vice chairman of the board from 1999 to 2005. He is also a member of the First Troop Philadelphia City Cavalry, a private military organization and is a trustee emeritus of Camp Tecumseh, a non-profit boys camp. Mr. Stanley served in the United States Army National Guard. Mr. Stanley is a graduate of Stonier Graduate School of Banking and received his B.A. in Economics from Dickinson College.

 

Mr. Stanley has extensive experience with public and private companies. His experience with these companies has provided him, in the opinion of our board of directors, with insight which is beneficial to us.

   One    J & J Snack Foods Corp.

 

69


Table of Contents
INTERESTED DIRECTORS (4)

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the Past
Five Years†

Michael C. Forman

Age: 53

Chairman of the

Board, President

and Chief Executive

Officer

   Since 2013   

Mr. Forman has served as our chairman, president and chief executive officer since our inception in June 2013 and as the chairman and chief executive officer of FSIC III Advisor since its inception in October 2013. Mr. Forman also currently serves as chairman, president and chief executive officer of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds and has presided in such roles since each entity’s inception in October 2007, September 2010, September 2010, July 2011, November 2011, January 2013, January 2013 and January 2013, respectively. Mr. Forman also currently serves as the chairman and chief executive officer of FS Investment Corporation and has presided in such roles since its inception in December 2007. Mr. Forman served as president of FS Investment Corporation from its inception in December 2007 until April 2013. In 2005, Mr. Forman co-founded FB Capital Partners, L.P., an investment firm that previously invested in private equity, senior and mezzanine debt and real estate, and has served as managing general partner since inception. In May 2007, Mr. Forman co-founded Franklin Square Holdings. Prior to co-founding FB Capital Partners, L.P., Mr. Forman spent nearly 20 years as an attorney in the Corporate and Securities Department at the Philadelphia based law firm of Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg & Ellers LLP, where he was a partner from 1991 until leaving the firm to focus exclusively on investments. In addition to his career as an attorney and investor, Mr. Forman has been an active entrepreneur and has founded several companies, including companies engaged in the gaming, specialty finance and asset management industries. Mr. Forman serves as a member of the board of directors of a number of private companies. He is also a member of a number of civic and charitable boards, including The Franklin Institute (Executive Committee Member), the University of the Arts (Executive Committee Member), the Vetri Foundation for Children (Chairman), the executive committee of the Greater Philadelphia Alliance for Capital and Technologies (PACT), and Murex Investments, Inc., a Pennsylvania-based economic development/venture capital firm, where he chairs the investment committee. Mr. Forman received his B.A., summa cum laude, from the University of Rhode Island, where he was elected Phi Beta Kappa, and received his J.D. from Rutgers University.

 

Mr. Forman has extensive experience in corporate and securities law and has founded and served in a leadership role of various companies, including FSIC III Advisor, which serves as our investment adviser. Our board of directors believes Mr. Forman’s experience and his positions as our and FSIC III Advisor’s chief executive officer make him a significant asset to us.

   Seven   

FS Energy and Power Fund; FS Investment Corporation; FS Investment Corporation II; FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund;

FSGCOF Offered Funds

 

70


Table of Contents
INTERESTED DIRECTORS (4)

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the
Past Five Years†

David J. Adelman

Age: 42

Director

   Since 2013   

Mr. Adelman has served as our vice-chairman since our inception in June 2013 and as the vice-chairman of FSIC III Advisor since its inception in October 2013. Mr. Adelman also currently serves as the vice chairman of FS Investment Corporation, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds, and has presided in such role since each entity’s inception in December 2007, December 2007, September 2010, September 2010, July 2011, November 2011, January 2013, January 2013 and January 2013, respectively. Mr. Adelman has significant managerial and investment experience and has served as the president and chief executive officer of Philadelphia-based Campus Apartments, Inc., or Campus Apartments, since 1997. Campus Apartments develops, manages, designs, and privately finances more than 220 upscale housing facilities for colleges and universities across the United States. In 2006, Campus Apartments entered into a $1.1 billion venture with GIC Real Estate Pte Ltd., the real estate investment arm of the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation, in which Campus Apartments uses the venture’s capital to acquire, develop, operate and manage student housing projects across the United States. In addition to his duties as president and chief executive officer of Campus Apartments, Mr. Adelman has been the chief executive officer of Campus Technologies, Inc. since 2001, the vice-chairman of University City District board of directors since 1997, board member of ICG Group, Inc. since June 2011 and member of the National Multi Family Council (NMHC) and the Young Presidents’ Organization. Mr. Adelman formerly served as a board member of Hyperion Bank and on the executive committee of the Urban Land Institute’s Philadelphia Chapter. Mr. Adelman is also an active private investor and entrepreneur, having co-founded Franklin Square Holdings with Mr. Forman. Mr. Adelman received his B.A. in Political Science from The Ohio State University.

 

Mr. Adelman serves as vice-chairman of FSIC III Advisor and, together with Mr. Forman, is responsible for implementing our investment strategy. Mr. Adelman has substantial management, operational and financial expertise generated through his leadership roles for public and private companies, including his service as president and chief executive officer of Campus Apartments. Mr. Adelman also serves on the board of directors and in other leadership roles for various charitable and civic organizations. These varied activities have provided him, in the opinion of our board of directors, with experience and insight which is beneficial to us.

  

Seven

  

FS Energy and Power Fund; FS Investment Corporation; FS Investment Corporation II;

FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund;

FSGCOF Offered Funds;

ICG Group, Inc.

 

71


Table of Contents
      INTERESTED DIRECTORS (4)      

Name, Address, Age and

Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served (2)

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

  

Number of
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director (3)

  

Other Public
Directorships Held by
Director During the

Past Five Years†

Michael Heller

Age: 49

Director

   Since 2014   

Mr. Heller is a shareholder at the law firm of Cozen O’Connor, P.C., where he currently serves as the firm’s president and chief executive officer, and has served in such capacity since January 1, 2013. Immediately prior to that, Mr. Heller was the president and executive partner of Cozen O’Connor, P.C. from October 2011 to December 2013. He also currently serves on the board of trustees of FS Energy and Power Fund and the board of directors of FS Investment Corporation and FS Investment Corporation II and has presided in such roles since September 2010, May 2008 and February 2012, respectively. He also has served as the chairman of FS Energy and Power Fund’s nominating and corporate governance committee and as a member of its valuation committee since April 2011. Mr. Heller also serves as a member of FS Investment Corporation’s valuation committee and has presided in that role since December 2008. He is also chairman of FS Investment Corporation II’s nominating and corporate governance committee and has presided in that role since February 2012. Mr. Heller is a corporate and securities lawyer, whose practice is devoted to representing private equity and venture capital funds as well as counseling entrepreneurs and middle-market businesses in various corporate matters, including the structuring of capital-raising transactions and merger and acquisition transactions. Prior to becoming the president and chief executive officer of Cozen O’Connor, P.C., Mr. Heller was the chairman of the Business Law Department from January 2007, and he served as vice-chairman of Cozen O’Connor, P.C.’s Business Law Department from 2002 until January 2007. Mr. Heller has been a member of the board of directors of Beachbody, LLC since November 2012. In addition, Mr. Heller has been a member of the boards of directors of Cozen O’Connor, P.C. and Hanover Fire and Casualty Insurance Company, a privately held property and casualty insurance company, and a member of the board of trustees of Thomas Jefferson University Hospital since January 2007, May 2004 and July 2012, respectively. Mr. Heller received a B.S. in Accounting, summa cum laude, from The Pennsylvania State University, and a J.D., magna cum laude, from Villanova University, where he was a Law Review editor and a member of the Order of the Coif.

 

Mr. Heller has extensive experience in corporate and securities law matters and has represented various private equity and venture capital funds. Further, Mr. Heller serves on the boards of several private companies and civic and charitable organizations. These activities have provided him, in the opinion of our board of directors, with experience and insight which is beneficial to us.

   Four    FS Energy and Power Fund; FS Investment Corporation; FS Investment Corporation II

 

Includes directorships held in (1) any investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, (2) any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and (3) any company subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(1) The address for each director is c/o FS Investment Corporation III, Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

 

(2) Directors serve for a term until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

(3) For purposes of this annual report on Form 10-K, the term “Fund Complex” is defined to include the Company, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds.

 

(4) “Interested person” of FS Investment Corporation III as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Messrs. Forman and Adelman are each an “interested person” because of their affiliation with FSIC III Advisor. Mr. Heller is an “interested person” because of material professional relationships he has with Mr. Forman.

 

72


Table of Contents

Information about Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers who are not members of our board of directors.

 

Name, Address, Age

and Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office

and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

Salvatore Faia

Age: 51

Chief Compliance

Officer

   Since 2013    Mr. Faia has served as our chief compliance officer since December 2013. Mr. Faia also serves as chief compliance officer of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds, and has presided in such roles since May 2008, April 2011, July 2011, June 2013 and June 2013, respectively. Also, Mr. Faia served as the chief compliance officer for FB Income Advisor, LLC from November 2008 to 2010. Since 2004, Mr. Faia has served as the president of Vigilant Compliance, LLC, a full service compliance firm serving mutual funds and the investment industry. In connection with his role as president of Vigilant Compliance, LLC, he currently serves as chief compliance officer for a number of mutual funds and investment advisers. Mr. Faia also serves as trustee to EIP Growth and Income Fund since May 2005. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Faia served as senior legal counsel for PFPC Worldwide, Inc., and from 1997 to 2001, he was a partner with an Am Law 100 law firm. Mr. Faia has extensive experience with mutual funds, hedge funds, investment advisers, broker-dealers and the investment management industry. In addition to being an experienced attorney with respect to the 1940 Act and Advisers Act, he is a Certified Public Accountant, and holds various Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Securities Licenses. Mr. Faia is a Member of the Investment Company Institute’s Chief Compliance Officer Committee. Mr. Faia graduated from the University of Pennsylvania Law School with his J.D., and received his degree in accounting and finance from La Salle University.

Edward T. Gallivan, Jr.

Age: 51

Chief Financial

Officer

   Since 2013    Mr. Gallivan has served as our chief financial officer since our inception in June 2013 and has served as chief financial officer of FS Energy and Power Fund since November 2012. Prior to his appointment as chief financial officer of FS Energy and Power Fund, Mr. Gallivan was a director at BlackRock, Inc. from 2005 to October 2012, where he was head of financial reporting for over 350 mutual funds. From 1988 to 2005, Mr. Gallivan worked at State Street Research & Management Company, where he served as the assistant treasurer of mutual funds. Mr. Gallivan began his career as an auditor at the global accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he practiced as a certified public accountant. Mr. Gallivan received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (Accounting) degree at Stonehill College in Massachusetts.

 

73


Table of Contents

Name, Address, Age

and Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office

and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

Zachary Klehr

Age: 34 Executive

Vice President

   Since 2013    Mr. Klehr has served as our executive vice president since our inception in June 2013. Mr. Klehr also currently serves as executive vice president of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds and has presided in such roles since January 2013. Mr. Klehr has also served in various senior officer capacities for Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliated investment advisers, FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, since the later of February 2011 or such entity’s inception date, including as executive vice president since September 2012. In this role, he focuses on fund administration, portfolio management, fund operations, research, education and communications. Prior to joining Franklin Square Holdings, Mr. Klehr served as a Vice President at Versa Capital Management, a private equity firm with approximately $1 billion in assets under management, from July 2007 to February 2011. At Versa, he sourced, underwrote, negotiated, structured and managed investments in middle-market distressed companies, special situations and distressed debt. Prior to Versa, Mr. Klehr spent five years at Goldman, Sachs & Co., starting as an analyst in the Investment Banking Division, then in the Executive Office working on firm-wide strategy covering hedge funds and other complex multi-faceted clients of the firm. Later, he joined the Financial Sponsors Group as an Associate where he focused on leveraged buyouts, acquisitions and equity and debt financings for private equity clients. Mr. Klehr received his M.B.A., with honors, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and his B.A., cum laude, also from the University of Pennsylvania. He is active in his community and serves on the board of trustees of The Philadelphia School where he is a member of the executive, governance, advancement, finance and investment committees.

 

74


Table of Contents

Name, Address, Age

and Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office

and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

Gerald F. Stahlecker

Age: 48

Executive Vice

President

   Since 2013   

Mr. Stahlecker has served as our executive vice president since our inception in June 2013 and has served as executive vice president of FSIC III Advisor and Franklin Square Holdings since June 2013 and January 2010, respectively. Mr. Stahlecker also serves as executive vice president of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, the FSGCOF Offered Funds and FS Global Advisor, LLC, and has presided in such roles since January 2010, September 2010, September 2010, July 2011, November 2011, January 2013, January 2013 and January 2013, respectively. Mr. Stahlecker has also served as president of FS Investment Corporation since April 2013 and previously served as its executive vice president from March 2010 to April 2013. Mr. Stahlecker was a director of FS Investment Corporation and served as a member of the audit committee and as chairman of the valuation committee from FS Investment Corporation’s inception in December 2007 to December 2009 when he resigned as a director in order to join our affiliates, FB Income Advisor, LLC and Franklin Square Holdings. Mr. Stahlecker is a former founding partner of Radcliffe Capital Management, L.P., or Radcliffe, an SEC-registered investment advisory firm which manages the Radcliffe Funds, a family of Cayman Islands-based, master-feeder structured hedge funds, as well as separately managed accounts for an institutional investor base. Radcliffe pursues convertible arbitrage, high-yield debt, special situations and event driven investment strategies. From its founding in 2002 until selling his interest in Radcliffe in July 2009, Mr. Stahlecker served as managing director and chief operating officer of Radcliffe and was the co-chair of its investment committee. Prior to
co-founding Radcliffe and its affiliated entities, from May 1998 through October 2002, Mr. Stahlecker served as an officer and director of Rose Glen Capital Management, L.P., or Rose Glen, a predecessor to Radcliffe. Rose Glen managed hedge funds focusing on directly negotiated, structured debt and equity investments in public companies. Mr. Stahlecker has extensive experience in structuring and negotiating investment transactions on behalf of investors and issuers and has participated in numerous distressed and special situation restructurings on behalf of investors.

 

From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Stahlecker was an attorney at Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg & Ellers, LLP, a Philadelphia-based law firm, where he practiced corporate and securities law. While at Klehr Harrison, Mr. Stahlecker represented hedge funds, venture capital funds and other institutional investors pursuing structured equity and debt investments in public and private companies. Prior to attending law school, from 1987 to 1989, Mr. Stahlecker worked as a senior analyst at Furash & Company, a consulting boutique in Washington, D.C., where he advised banks and other financial institutions regarding mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, asset/liability management and strategic planning. Mr. Stahlecker received his B.S. in Industrial Management, with concentrations in Finance and Strategic Planning, from Carnegie Mellon University and his J.D. from Villanova University Law School, where he was an editor of the Villanova University Environmental Law Journal. Mr. Stahlecker serves on the board of directors of the Investment Program Association, an industry trade group, and previously served on the board of trustees of The Philadelphia School where he served as a member of its advancement, finance and investment committees.

 

75


Table of Contents

Name, Address, Age

and Position(s) with

Company (1)

  

Term of Office

and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years

Stephen S. Sypherd

Age: 37

Vice President,

Treasurer and

Secretary

   Since 2013    Mr. Sypherd has served as our vice president, treasurer and secretary since our inception in June 2013. Mr. Sypherd also currently serves as vice president, treasurer and secretary of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds and has presided in such roles since January 2013. Mr. Sypherd has also served in various senior officer capacities for Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliated investment advisers, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC since the later of August 2010 or such entity’s inception date, including as senior vice president since December 2011 and general counsel since January 2013. He is responsible for legal and compliance matters across all entities and investment products of Franklin Square Holdings. Prior to joining Franklin Square Holdings, Mr. Sypherd served for eight years as an attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, where he practiced corporate and securities law. Mr. Sypherd received his B.A. in Economics from Villanova University and his J.D. from the Georgetown University Law Center, where he was an executive editor of the Georgetown Law Journal.

 

(1) The address for each officer is c/o FS Investment Corporation III, Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our directors and executive officers, and any persons holding more than 10% of our shares, are required to report their beneficial ownership and any changes therein to the SEC and us. Specific due dates for those reports have been established, and we are required to report herein any failure to file such reports by those due dates. Based on our review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed by such persons and information provided by our directors and officers, we believe that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, all Section 16(a) filings applicable to such persons were timely filed.

Code of Ethics

We and FSIC III Advisor have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which applies to, among others, our officers, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as the members of our board of directors. We have attached our code of ethics as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2013. Stockholders may also read and copy our code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Stockholders may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, our code of ethics is available on our website at www.fsinvestmentcorpIII.com by clicking on

 

76


Table of Contents

“Corporate Governance” at the bottom of the page and on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov . Stockholders may also obtain a copy of our code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of required provisions of our code of ethics on Form 8-K, as required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Audit Committee

We have established an Audit Committee that operates pursuant to a charter and consists of three members, including a Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee members are Messrs. Ford (Chairman), Nix and Stanley, each an Independent Director. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ford is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act.

No member of the Audit Committee simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, except for Mr. Ford who serves on three audit committees in addition to ours. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Ford’s service on four audit committees does not impair his ability to effectively serve on the Audit Committee.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Executive Compensation

Our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of FSIC III Advisor or by individuals who were contracted by us or by FSIC III Advisor to work on behalf of us, pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. Each of our executive officers is an employee of FSIC III Advisor or an outside contractor, and the day-to-day investment operations and administration of our portfolio are managed by FSIC III Advisor. In addition, we will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by FSIC III Advisor in performing its obligations under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, including the allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs, as permitted under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement.

Under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, FSIC III Advisor will become entitled to receive 1.5% of gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all offering costs and organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) have been recovered.

Our board of directors has not established a standing compensation committee because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. Our board of directors, as a whole, participates in the consideration of director compensation and decisions on director compensation are based on, among other things, a review of data of comparable BDCs.

Director Compensation

Our directors who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive annual cash retainer fees, fees for participating in in-person board and committee meetings and annual fees for serving as a committee chairperson, determined based on our net assets as of the end of each fiscal quarter. These directors are Messrs. Ford, Harrow, Heller, Hilferty, Irwin, Nix and Stanley. Amounts payable under the arrangement will be determined and paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

 

77


Table of Contents

Net Asset Value

   Annual Cash
Retainer Fee
     Board/Committee
Meeting Fee
     Annual
Chairperson Fee
 

$0 to $100 million

   $      —         $    —         $      —     

$100 million to $300 million

   $ 25,000       $ 1,000       $   5,000   

$300 million to $500 million

   $ 40,000       $ 1,000       $   5,000   

$500 million to $1 billion

   $ 60,000       $ 1,500       $ 20,000   

> $1 billion

   $ 80,000       $ 2,500       $ 25,000   

We will also reimburse each of the above directors for all reasonable and authorized business expenses in accordance with our policies as in effect from time to time, including reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and each committee meeting not held concurrently with a board meeting.

We will not pay compensation to our directors who also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or FSIC III Advisor.

None of our directors received any compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table sets forth, as of March 28, 2014, the beneficial ownership of the members of our board of directors, our executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There are no shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 2014. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock is based upon information furnished by our transfer agent and other information provided by such persons, if available.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned as of
March 28, 2014
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Number of
Shares (2)
     Percentage (3)  

Interested Directors:

     

Michael C. Forman (4)

     11,111.111         50.0

David J. Adelman

     11,111.111         50.0

Michael J. Heller

     —           *   

Independent Directors:

     

Brian R. Ford

     —           *   

Jeffrey K. Harrow

     —           *   

Daniel J. Hilferty III

     —           *   

Steven D. Irwin

     —           *   

Robert N.C. Nix, III

     —           *   

Peter G. Stanley

     —           *   

Executive Officers:

     

Salvatore Faia

     —           *   

Edward T. Gallivan, Jr.

     —           *   

Zachary Klehr

     —           *   

Gerald F. Stahlecker

     —           *   

Stephen S. Sypherd

     —           *   

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (14 persons)

     22,222.222         100.0

 

* Less than one percent.

 

 

78


Table of Contents
(1) The address of each beneficial owner is c/o FS Investment Corporation III, Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

 

(2) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(3) Based on a total of 22,222.222 shares issued and outstanding on March 28, 2014.

 

I tem 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Policy with Respect to Approval of Related Party Transactions

We have procedures in place for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions involving us and certain persons related to us. For example, our code of ethics generally prohibits any employee, officer or director from engaging in any transaction where there is a conflict between such individual’s personal interest and the interests of us. Waivers to the code of ethics for any executive officer or member of our board of directors must be approved by our board of directors and are publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations. In addition, the Audit Committee is required to review and approve all transactions with related persons (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act). Prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event, all future transactions with our affiliates will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party and must be approved by a majority of our board, including a majority of the Independent Directors.

Related Party Transactions (amounts presented in thousands)

Compensation of the Dealer Manager and Investment Adviser

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, after we meet the minimum offering requirement, FSIC III Advisor will become entitled to an annual base management fee of 2.0% of our average weekly gross assets and an incentive fee based on our performance. We will commence accruing fees under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement upon commencement of our operations after we meet the minimum offering requirement. Management fees will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we did not pay any base management fee to FSIC III Advisor as we had not yet commenced operations.

The incentive fee will consist of two parts. The first part, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and will be subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital, as defined in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this incentive fee for any quarter until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once our pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375% of adjusted capital, or 9.375% annually. This “catch-up” feature allows FSIC III Advisor to recoup the fees foregone as a result of the existence of the hurdle rate. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will receive 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). This fee will equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains, which will equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. We will accrue quarterly for the capital gains incentive fee, which, if earned, will be paid annually. We will accrue the capital gains incentive fee based on net realized and unrealized gains; however, under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the fee payable to FSIC III Advisor will be based on realized gains and no such fee will be payable with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we neither accrued nor paid any incentive fee to FSIC III Advisor as we had not yet commenced operations.

We will reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary for the performance of its services related to our administration and operations. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will then assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will compare the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs.

The investment advisory and administrative services agreement provides that FSIC III Advisor and its officers, managers, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with it acting as our agent will not be entitled to indemnification (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) for any liability or loss suffered by FSIC III Advisor or such other person, nor will FSIC III Advisor or such other person be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless: (1) FSIC III Advisor or such other person has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in our best interests; (2) FSIC III Advisor or such other person was acting on behalf of or performing services for us; (3) the liability or loss suffered was not the result of negligence or misconduct by FSIC III Advisor or such other person acting as our agent; and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold FSIC III Advisor or such other person harmless for any loss or liability is only recoverable out of our net assets and not from our stockholders.

 

79


Table of Contents

Franklin Square Holdings, an affiliate of FSIC III Advisor, has funded certain of our offering costs and organization costs in the amount of $1,808 for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013. These costs have been recorded by us as a contribution to capital. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on the financial statements and the organization costs were charged to expense as incurred by us. Under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, there is no liability on our part for the offering or organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) until the investment advisory and administrative services agreement is effective and we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement. At such time, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 1.5% of the gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all offering costs and organization costs funded by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) have been recovered. The minimum reimbursement to FSIC III Advisor for such fees is expected to be $37.5, assuming we are able to raise $2,500 in gross proceeds. The investment advisory and administrative services agreement will not be effective until we meet the minimum offering requirement.

The dealer manager for our continuous public offering is FS 2 , which is one of our affiliates. Under the dealer manager agreement among us, FSIC III Advisor and FS 2 , FS 2 is entitled to receive sales commissions and dealer manager fees in connection with the sale of shares of common stock in our continuous public offering, all or a portion of which may be re-allowed to selected broker-dealers. During the year ended December 31, 2013, no sales commissions or dealer manager fees were retained by FS 2 because no shares were sold in our continuous public offering.

C ap it al C o n t r i b u ti on by F S I C II I A d v i s or and GD F M

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase approximately 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains our investment adviser. In addition, we are currently conducting a private placement of shares of our common stock to certain members of our board of directors and individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. We expect to issue the shares purchased in the private placement at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, upon the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement. As a result, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, we will have raised total gross proceeds of at least $2,500, plus the proceeds received in the private placement. A portion of these proceeds may be used to pay certain front end fees, as defined in our charter, and expenses.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team is comprised of substantially the same personnel as the senior management teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ other affiliated BDCs and its affiliated closed-end management investment company. As a result, such personnel provide investment advisory services to us and each of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. While none of FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC or FS Global Advisor, LLC is currently making private corporate debt investments for clients other than us, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, respectively, any, or all, may do so in the future. In the event that FSIC III Advisor undertakes to provide investment advisory services to other clients in the future, it intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies, if necessary, so that we will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of FSIC III Advisor or its management team. In addition, even in the absence of FSIC III Advisor retaining additional clients, it is possible that some investment opportunities may be provided to FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and/or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund rather than to us.

Exemptive Relief

In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief permitting us, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. We believe this relief may not only enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy, but may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if we had not obtained such relief. Because we did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we will continue to be permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. However, because certain investments we may make, including preferred and common equity investments, may generate dividends and other distributions to us that are treated for tax purposes as a return of capital, a portion of

 

80


Table of Contents

our distributions to stockholders may also be deemed to constitute a return of capital for tax purposes to the extent that we may use such dividends or other distribution proceeds to fund its distributions to stockholders. Under those circumstances, Franklin Square Holdings will not reimburse us for the portion of such distributions to stockholders that represent a return of capital for tax purposes, as the purpose of the expense reimbursement arrangement is not to prevent tax-advantaged distributions to stockholders.

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse us quarterly for expenses in an amount equal to the difference between the cumulative distributions paid to our stockholders in each quarter, less the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts are not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in each quarter.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, we have a conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for any amounts funded by Franklin Square Holdings under this arrangement if (and only to the extent that), during any fiscal quarter occurring within three years of the date on which Franklin Square Holdings funded such amount, the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) exceeds the ordinary cash distributions we have paid to stockholders; provided, however, that (i) we will only reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense reimbursement payments received by us during such fiscal year) to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such payments into account and (B) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by “other operating expenses” (as defined below) during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) will not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings made during the same fiscal year); and (ii) we will not reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time Franklin Square Holdings made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement relates. “Other operating expenses” means our total operating expenses, excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses. “Operating expenses” means all operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, for investment companies.

We or Franklin Square Holdings may terminate the expense reimbursement agreement at any time. Franklin Square Holdings has indicated that it expects to continue such reimbursements until it deems that we have achieved economies of scale sufficient to ensure that we bear a reasonable level of expenses in relation to our income.

The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. Upon termination of the expense reimbursement agreement by Franklin Square Holdings, Franklin Square Holdings will be required to fund any amounts accrued thereunder as of the date of termination. Similarly, our conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement shall survive the termination of such agreement by either party.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and our vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of our expenses in future quarters.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, Franklin Square Holdings did not reimburse any amounts to us as we had not yet commenced our operations.

Other Related Party Transactions

For the 2014 calendar year, Franklin Square Holdings has obtained health insurance through Independence Blue Cross for the benefit of its employees and other service providers, including employees and services providers who provide services to funds sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, including us. Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we reimburse FSIC III Advisor for certain costs of administrative personnel who render services to us, subject to the terms and conditions of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. Franklin Square Holdings expects that the aggregate premiums and other expenses associated with such health insurance will be approximately $1,200 for the 2014 calendar year, a portion of which we expect will be reimbursed by us. Daniel J. Hilferty III, one of our directors, serves as the president and chief executive officer of Independence Blue Cross.

 

81


Table of Contents

Independence of Board of Directors

A majority of the members of our board of directors are not “interested persons,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of us or FSIC III Advisor and are “independent” as defined in Rule 303A.00 of the New York Stock Exchange, LLC. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with us.

Our board of directors is currently comprised of nine directors, six of whom are Independent Directors. Our board of directors has determined that the following directors are Independent Directors: Messrs. Ford, Harrow, Hilferty, Irwin, Nix and Stanley. Based upon information requested from each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that none of the Independent Directors has, or since our inception has had, a material business or professional relationship with us, other than in his capacity as a member of our board of directors or any committee or as a stockholder.

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Valuation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The current members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Ford (Chairman), Nix and Stanley. The current members of our Valuation committee are Messrs. Harrow (Chairman), Heller and Stanley, of whom Mr. Heller is an Interested Director. The current members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Messrs. Hilferty, Irwin (Chairman) and Nix.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Set forth in the table below are audit fees and non-audit related fees billed to us by McGladrey LLP, or McGladrey, for professional services performed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Fiscal Year

   Audit Fees      Audit-
Related
Fees (1)
     Tax Fees      All
Other
Fees (2)
 

2013

   $ 60,690         —           —           —     

 

(1) “Audit-Related Fees” are those fees billed to us by McGladrey for services provided by McGladrey or fees billed for expenses relating to the review by McGladrey of our registration statements filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) “All Other Fees” are those fees billed to us by McGladrey in connection with permitted non-audit services.

Our Audit Committee reviews, negotiates and approves in advance the scope of work, any related engagement letter and the fees to be charged by our independent registered public accounting firm for audit services and permitted non-audit services for us and for permitted non-audit services for FSIC III Advisor and any affiliates thereof that provide services to us if such non-audit services have a direct impact on the operations or financial reporting of us. Any requests for audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have not received general pre-approval must be submitted to our Audit Committee for specific pre-approval in accordance with its pre-approval policy, irrespective of the amount, and cannot commence until such approval has been granted. Normally, pre-approval is considered at regularly scheduled meetings of our Audit Committee. However, our Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member or members to whom such authority is delegated must report any pre-approval decisions to our Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. Our Audit Committee does not delegate its responsibilities to pre-approve services performed by McGladrey to management.

 

82


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

a. Documents Filed as Part of this Report

The following financial statements are set forth in Item 8:

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   52

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

   53

Statement of Operations for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

   54

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December  31, 2013

   55

Notes to Financial Statements

   56

b. Exhibits

Please note that the agreements included as exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K are included to provide information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about FS Investment Corporation III or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement that have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this annual report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

 

3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(2) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925) filed on December 23, 2013.)
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925) filed on December 23, 2013.)
4.1    Form of Subscription Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A filed with FS Investment Corporation III’s prospectus supplement on Form 497 (File No. 333-191925) filed on March 18, 2014.)
4.2*    Distribution Reinvestment Plan of FS Investment Corporation III.
10.1    Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and FSIC III Advisor, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925) filed on December 23, 2013.)
10.2*    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2014, by and between FSIC III Advisor, LLC and GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC.
10.3*    Dealer Manager Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and among FS Investment Corporation III, FSIC III Advisor, LLC and FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC.
10.4*    Form of Selected Dealer Agreement (Included as Appendix A to the Dealer Manager Agreement).
10.5*    Custodian Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2014, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and State Street Bank and Trust Company.
10.6*    Escrow Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2014, by and among FS Investment Corporation III, UMB Bank, N.A. and FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC.
31.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

83


Table of Contents
32.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

* Filed herewith.

c. Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed herewith because (1) such schedules are not required or (2) the information has been presented in the aforementioned financial statements.

 

84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

     FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III
Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

    

Michael C. Forman

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ EDWARD T. GALLIVAN, JR.

Edward T. Gallivan, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ DAVID J. ADELMAN

David J. Adelman

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ BRIAN R. FORD

Brian R. Ford

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ JEFFREY K. HARROW

Jeffrey K. Harrow

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ MICHAEL J. HELLER

Michael J. Heller

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ DANIEL J. HILFERTY III

Daniel J. Hilferty III

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ STEVEN D. IRWIN

Steven D. Irwin

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ ROBERT N.C. NIX, III

Robert N.C. Nix, III

Director

Date: March 31, 2014     

/s/ PETER G. STANLEY

Peter G. Stanley

Director

 

85

Exhibit 4.2

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

OF

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

Effective as of December 20, 2013

FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby adopts the following plan (the “ Plan ”) with respect to cash distributions declared by its board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) on shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value (“ Common Stock ”):

1. Each stockholder of record may enroll in the Plan by providing the Plan Administrator (as defined below) with written notice, except that a stockholder may only participate in the Plan, and issuances of shares of Common Stock to a stockholder under the Plan may only occur, if the Corporation maintains its registration, or an exemption from registration is available, in the stockholder’s state of residence. In addition, a stockholder’s participation in the Plan may be prevented or limited by restrictions imposed by state authorities or regulators. To enroll in the Plan, such stockholder shall notify DST Systems, Inc., the Plan Administrator and the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar (collectively the “ Plan Administrator ”), in writing so that such notice is received by the Plan Administrator no later than the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for the applicable distribution. If a stockholder elects to enroll in the Plan, all distributions thereafter declared by the Board of Directors shall be payable in shares of Common Stock as provided herein, and no action shall be required on such stockholder’s part to receive a distribution in shares of Common Stock. If a stockholder wishes to receive its distributions in cash, no action is required.

2. Subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, the Corporation intends to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on either a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly basis or on such other date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors to stockholders of record as of the close of business on the record date for the applicable distribution.

3. The Corporation shall use newly-issued shares of Common Stock to implement the Plan. The number of newly-issued shares of Common Stock to be issued to a stockholder shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by a price equal to 95% of the price at which shares of Common Stock are sold in the Corporation’s public offering at the closing conducted on the day of or immediately following the distribution payment date. There will be no selling commissions, dealer manager fees or other sales charges on shares of Common Stock issued to a stockholder under the Plan. The Corporation shall pay the Plan Administrator’s fees under the Plan.

4. The Plan Administrator will set up an account for shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan for each stockholder who has elected to enroll in the Plan (each a “ Participant ”). The Plan Administrator may hold each Participant’s shares of Common Stock, together with shares of Common Stock of other Participants, in non-certificated form in the Plan Administrator’s name or that of its nominee. If a Participant’s shares of Common Stock are held by a broker or other financial intermediary, the Participant may “opt in” to the Plan by notifying its broker or other financial intermediary of its election and such election shall become effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator of appropriate notification from the broker or other financial intermediary.


5. Distributions on fractional shares of Common Stock will be credited to each Participant’s account. In the event of termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the current offering price of shares of Common Stock in effect at the time of termination.

6. Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan will have the same voting rights as shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Corporation’s public offering. The Plan Administrator will forward to each Participant any Corporation-related proxy solicitation materials and each Corporation report or other communication to stockholders, and will vote any shares of Common Stock held by it under the Plan in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned by Participants to the Corporation.

7. In the event that the Corporation makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock or other securities, shares of Common Stock held by the Plan Administrator for each Participant under the Plan will be used in calculating the number of rights to be issued to the Participant. Transaction processing may either be curtailed or suspended until the completion of any stock dividend, stock split or corporate action.

8. The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan will be paid for by the Corporation. Except as otherwise described herein, there will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the Plan.

9. Each Participant may terminate his, her or its account under the Plan by sending written notice to the Plan Administrator at FS Investment Services, c/o DST Systems, Inc., P.O. Box 219095, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9095, or calling the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at (877) 628-8575. Such termination will be effective immediately if the Participant’s notice is received by the Plan Administrator at least two days prior to any distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent distribution. The Plan may be terminated by the Corporation upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by the Corporation. Upon termination, the Plan Administrator will credit the Participant’s account for the full shares of Common Stock held for the Participant under the Plan and a cash adjustment for any fractional shares of Common Stock to be delivered to the Participant without charge to the Participant. If a Participant elects by his, her or its written notice to the Plan Administrator in advance of termination to have the Plan Administrator sell part or all of his, her or its shares of Common Stock and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the Plan Administrator is authorized to deduct a $15 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.

10. These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Corporation at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to each Participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Administrator receives written notice of the termination of his, her or its account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an

 

2


appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator under these terms and conditions. Upon any such appointment of any agent for the purpose of receiving dividends and distributions, the Corporation will be authorized to pay to such successor agent, for each Participant’s account, all dividends and distributions payable on shares of Common Stock held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

11. The Plan Administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under the Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors, unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.

12. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

3

Exhibit 10.2

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

FSIC III ADVISOR, LLC

AND

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) made this 2nd day of January, 2014, by and between FSIC III ADVISOR, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”) and GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Adviser ”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are investment advisers that are or will be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and engage in the business of providing investment management services; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser has been retained to act as the investment adviser to FS Investment Corporation III (the “ BDC ”), a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement dated December 20, 2013 (the “ Advisory Agreement ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ; and

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement permits the Adviser, subject to the supervision and direction of the BDC’s board of directors (the “ Board ”), to obtain the services of an investment sub-adviser to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its duties thereunder, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to retain the Sub-Adviser to assist it in fulfilling certain of its obligations under the Advisory Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to render such services subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties of the Sub-Adviser .

(a) Retention of Sub-Adviser . The Adviser hereby employs the Sub-Adviser to assist the Adviser in managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the BDC, subject to the terms set forth herein and subject to the supervision of the Board.

(b) Responsibilities of Sub-Adviser . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:

 

  (i)

make recommendations to the Adviser as to the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the BDC, the nature and timing of the


  changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes, including recommendations as to the specific securities and other assets to be purchased, retained, or sold by the BDC;

 

  (ii) place orders with respect to, and arrange for, any investment (including executing and delivering all documents relating to the BDC’s investments on behalf of the BDC), upon receiving a proper instruction from the Adviser;

 

  (iii) assist the Adviser in identifying, evaluating and negotiating the structure of the investments made by the BDC;

 

  (iv) assist the Adviser in monitoring and servicing the BDC’s investments;

 

  (v) assist the Adviser in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

  (vi) assist the Adviser in negotiating, obtaining and managing financing facilities for the benefit of the BDC or its subsidiaries; and

 

  (vii) provide the Adviser with such other research and related services as the Adviser may, from time to time, reasonably require for the Adviser to manage the BDC.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, all investment decisions will ultimately be the responsibility of the Adviser. Furthermore, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Sub-Adviser shall be required to provide only the services expressly described in this Section 1(b), and shall have no responsibility to provide any other services to the Adviser or the BDC, including, but not limited to, administrative (such as valuation-related services), management or other similar services.

(c) Acceptance of Employment . The Sub-Adviser hereby agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to the limitations contained herein. The Sub-Adviser shall carry out its responsibilities under this Agreement in compliance with: (i) the BDC’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as set forth in the BDC’s then-effective registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), as amended from time to time, the BDC’s prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement, as amended and supplemented, and/or the BDC’s periodic reports filed with the SEC from time to time; (ii) such policies, directives, regulatory restrictions and compliance policies as the Adviser may from time to time establish or issue and communicate to the Sub-Adviser in writing; and (iii) applicable law and related regulations. The Adviser shall promptly notify the Sub-Adviser in writing of changes to (i) or (ii) above and shall notify the Sub-Adviser in writing of changes to (iii) above promptly after it becomes aware of such changes. In no event shall the Sub-Adviser be held responsible for failing to comply with any of (i), (ii) or (iii) unless it had previously received the notification in the foregoing sentence.

 

2


(d) Independent Contractor Status . The Sub-Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Adviser or the BDC in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Adviser or the BDC.

2. Expenses .

Except as provided below in this Section 2, the Sub-Adviser assumes no obligation with respect to, and shall not be responsible for, the expenses of the Adviser or the BDC in fulfilling the Sub-Adviser’s obligations hereunder.

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the activities it undertakes to meet its obligations hereunder. The Sub-Adviser shall, at its sole expense, employ or associate itself with such persons as it believes to be particularly fitted to assist it in the execution of its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, persons employed or otherwise retained by the Sub-Adviser or made available to the Sub-Adviser by its members or affiliates. The Adviser shall cause the Sub-Adviser to be reimbursed by the BDC or the Adviser, as appropriate, for expenses reasonably incurred by the Sub-Adviser at the request of or on behalf of the BDC or the Adviser, to the same extent as such expenses would be reimbursable to the Adviser pursuant to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of the Advisory Agreement had such expenses been incurred by the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser shall maintain and supply to the BDC and the Adviser as they may reasonably request, records of all such expenses.

3. Compensation .

In consideration for the Sub-Adviser’s services hereunder, with respect to each Term Year (as defined below), the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser the fee described below, payable quarterly in arrears (within 10 days of when fees are paid to the Adviser):

(a) With respect to any fees (including, without limitation, the Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees, as such terms are defined in the Advisory Agreement) payable to the Adviser (and not waived) pursuant to the Advisory Agreement during a Term Year, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to receive 50% of any such amounts.

(b) In the event that this Agreement is terminated other than at the end of a calendar year, for purposes of determining fees payable to the Sub-Adviser during the Term Year in which such termination occurs, the advisory fees payable to the Adviser shall be calculated as if the Advisory Agreement terminated as of the termination date of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Term Year ” shall mean each annual period beginning on the Effective Date (as defined in Section 9 hereof) or anniversary thereof, and ending on the day prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Sub-Adviser .

The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser and the BDC as follows:

(a) The Sub-Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and shall maintain such registration;

 

3


(b) The Sub-Adviser is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement are within the Sub-Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Sub-Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Sub-Adviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Sub-Adviser;

(d) Part 2 of the Sub-Adviser’s most recent Form ADV filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 203(c) of the Advisers Act, previously provided to the Adviser, is a true and complete copy of the form. The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the BDC with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to Part 2 of its Form ADV;

(e) The Sub-Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act (“ Rule 17j-1 ”) and will provide the Adviser and the BDC with a copy of that code, together with evidence of its adoption. Within 20 days of the end of each calendar quarter during which this Agreement remains in effect, a senior managing director or managing director of the Sub-Adviser shall certify to the Adviser or the BDC that the Sub-Adviser has complied with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 during the previous quarter and that there have been no material violations of the Sub-Adviser’s code of ethics or, if such a material violation has occurred, that appropriate action has been taken in response to such violation. Upon written request of the Adviser or the BDC, the Sub-Adviser shall permit representatives of the Adviser or the BDC to examine the reports (or summaries of the reports) required to be made to the Sub-Adviser by Rule 17j-1(c)(1) and other records evidencing enforcement of the code of ethics; and

(f) The Sub-Adviser shall comply in all material respects with all requirements applicable to the investment adviser of a business development company like the BDC under the Advisers Act, including Rule 206(4)-7 thereunder, and the 1940 Act.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Adviser .

The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser and the BDC as follows:

(a) The Adviser shall be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act as of the date the BDC commences investment operations and shall maintain such registration;

(b) The Adviser is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

4


(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement are within the Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Adviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Adviser;

(d) Part 2 of the Adviser’s most recent Form ADV that will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 203(c) of the Advisers Act, and that will be provided to the Sub-Adviser, shall be a true and complete copy of the form. The Adviser will promptly provide the Sub-Adviser with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to Part 2 of its Form ADV;

(e) The Adviser and the BDC have duly entered into the Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the BDC authorized the Adviser to enter into this Agreement;

(f) The Adviser shall comply in all material respects with all requirements applicable to the investment adviser of a business development company like the BDC under the Advisers Act, including Rule 206(4)-7 thereunder, and the 1940 Act;

(g) The Adviser has implemented anti-money laundering policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, as amended, and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations;

(h) To the Adviser’s knowledge, the assets of the BDC, were (A) not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene applicable laws and regulations, including anti-money laws and regulations and the laws, regulations and Executive Orders administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) and (B) derived from the offering of the BDC’s interests;

(i) The Adviser (or any person controlling or controlled by the Adviser, any person having a beneficial interest in the Adviser, or any person for whom the Adviser is acting as agent or nominee in connection with the BDC) is not (A) an individual or entity named on any available lists of known or suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations or of other sanctioned persons issued by the United States government and the government(s) of any jurisdiction(s) in which the Adviser is doing business, including the SDN List administered by OFAC, as such list may be amended from time to time; (B) an individual or entity otherwise prohibited by the OFAC sanctions programs; or (C) a current or former senior foreign political figure (“ SFPF ”) or politically exposed person (“ PEP ”), or an immediate family member or close associate of such an individual;

(j) The Adviser, upon reasonable request by the Sub-Adviser, will provide such information as the Sub-Adviser may need to satisfy applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

5


(k) The Adviser acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (i) the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates perform investment advisory services for various clients and accounts (which includes registered investment companies, business development companies and other clients and proprietary accounts, collectively, the “ Advisory Clients ”). The Adviser agrees that the Sub-Adviser may give advice and take action with respect to any of its other Advisory Clients, in accordance with the investment objectives and strategies of such other Advisory Clients, which may differ from advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to the BDC so long as it is the Sub-Adviser’s policy, to the extent practicable, to recommend for allocation and/or allocate investment opportunities to the BDC on a fair and equitable basis relative to its other Advisory Clients. It is understood that the Sub-Adviser shall not have any obligation to recommend for purchase or sale any loans or securities which its principals, affiliates or employees may purchase or sell for its or their own accounts or for any other Advisory Clients if, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, such transaction or investment appears unsuitable, impractical or undesirable for the BDC;

 

  (ii) the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may aggregate purchase or sale orders for Advisory Clients (including proprietary positions) in accordance with its current aggregation and allocation policy, but only if (x) in the Sub-Adviser’s reasonable judgment such aggregation results in an overall economic or other benefit to the assets taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commission and other expenses and factors and (y) the Sub-Adviser’s actions with respect to aggregating orders for multiple Advisory Clients, as well as the BDC, are consistent with applicable law. However, the Sub-Adviser is under no obligation to aggregate any such orders under any circumstances;

 

  (iii) circumstances may arise under which the Sub-Adviser determines there is a limited supply or demand for a particular security. Under such circumstances, the Sub-Adviser shall recommend for allocation and/or allocate such security to the BDC and the Advisory Client in accordance with its then-current aggregation and allocation policy, the Adviser’s then-current allocation policy and any applicable exemptive orders, and in a fair and equitable manner consistent with its fiduciary duties owed to the BDC and such other Advisory Clients;

 

  (iv)

as a regular part of the restructuring and advisory practice of an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser (the “ Restructuring Affiliate ”), the Restructuring Affiliate advises debtors and creditors in connection with out-of-court debt restructurings and workouts and with bankruptcy proceedings. The Restructuring Affiliate also serves as adviser to official creditor committees established pursuant to such proceedings. In situations in which an issuer of an investment recommended to the Adviser (on behalf of the BDC) or a creditor or group of creditors of such issuer) is a client or

 

6


  potential client of the Restructuring Affiliate (any such investment, a “ Conflicted Investment ”), the Sub-Adviser may recommend the sale of the Conflicted Investment or take such other actions as reasonably necessary to the extent deemed advisable by the Restructuring Affiliate, in consultation with the Sub-Adviser’s compliance officer, in order to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest between the best interests of the BDC and its stockholders and the restructuring and reorganization advisory practice, whether or not such recommended disposition or other actions would have been recommended absent the conflict; provided , however , in each case, any recommendation or action on the part of the Sub-Adviser must be in compliance with the 1940 Act. Further, there may also be instances in which the work of the Restructuring Affiliate prevents the Sub-Adviser from recommending the purchase of an investment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere herein, due to certain confidentiality obligations which the Restructuring Affiliate may be subject to, the Sub-Adviser shall not be obligated to inform the Adviser of the nature of the Restructuring Affiliate’s participation in any Conflicted Investment at the time of any action related to Conflicted Investments;

 

  (v) it has received Part 2 of the Sub-Adviser’s Form ADV filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 203(c) of the Advisers Act, which states information relative to the Sub-Adviser’s investment and brokerage policies and other important matters, and which the Sub-Adviser warrants is the current filing of such form;

 

  (vi) the Sub-Adviser makes no warranty that any investments recommended by the Sub-Adviser hereunder will not depreciate in value or at any time not be affected by adverse tax consequences, nor does it give any warranty as to the performance or profitability of the assets or the success of any investment strategy recommended by the Sub-Adviser; and

 

  (vii) it has received, read and understood the Sub-Adviser’s disclosures regarding conflicts of interest attached hereto as Exhibit B and such disclosures have been provided to the Board in connection with their consideration of this Agreement.

6. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Duty to Update Information .

All representations and warranties made by the Sub-Adviser and the Adviser pursuant to Sections 4 and 5, respectively, shall survive for the duration of this Agreement and the parties hereto shall promptly notify each other in writing upon becoming aware that any of the foregoing representations and warranties are no longer true.

7. Liability and Indemnification .

(a) The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein. The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any instrument hereunder,

 

7


except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, except as may otherwise be provided under provisions of applicable state law which cannot be waived or modified hereby. (As used in this Section 7(a), the term “Sub-Adviser” shall include, without limitation, its affiliates and the Sub-Adviser’s and its affiliates’ respective partners, shareholders, directors, members, principals, officers, employees and other agents of the Sub-Adviser).

(b) The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser and the BDC, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser, the BDC or their respective affiliates and controlling persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

(c) The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, howsoever arising from, or in connection with, the Sub-Adviser’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Adviser’s breach of the terms, representations and warranties herein; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Sub-Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

8. Confidentiality .

(a) Subject to Section 8(b), each of the Sub-Adviser and the Adviser acknowledge and agree that pursuant to this Agreement, either party may have access to the other party’s confidential and proprietary information and materials concerning or pertaining to the other’s business. Each party will receive and hold such information in the strictest confidence, and acknowledge, represent, and warrant that it will use its best efforts to protect the confidentiality of this information. Each party agrees that, without the prior written consent of the other party, they will not use, copy, or divulge to third parties or otherwise use, except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, any information obtained from or through the other party in connection with this Agreement other than as reasonably necessary in the course of their business; provided that such recipients must agree to protect the confidentiality of such information and use such information only for the purposes of providing services to the BDC; provided , further , however , this covenant shall not apply to information (x) which is in the public domain now or when it becomes in the public domain in the future, other than by reason of a breach of this Agreement, (y) which has come to either party from a lawful source not bound to maintain the confidentiality of such information, other than from the other party or an affiliate or representative of that party, or (z) disclosures which are required by law, regulatory authority, regulation or legal process.

(b) The Adviser agrees that the Sub-Adviser shall have the right to disclose the performance of the BDC to third parties at any time, subject to the prior review and approval of the general form and scope of such disclosure by the Adviser (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

8


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each party to this Agreement (and each employee, representative, or other agent of such party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of (i) the BDC and (ii) any of its transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(d) The representations and warranties made by the Sub-Adviser and the Adviser pursuant to this Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

9. Duration and Termination of Agreement .

(a) Term and Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date that the BDC meets the minimum offering requirement, as such term is defined in the prospectus contained in the BDC’s registration statement on Form N-2 as first declared effective by the SEC (the “ Effective Date ”). This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the BDC and (ii) the vote of a majority of the BDC’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

(b) Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice, by (i) the Adviser, if the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the BDC determine that this Agreement should be terminated, or (ii) the Sub-Adviser. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of (1) its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act), or (2) the termination of the Advisory Agreement. The provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser and the BDC shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable to it and not yet paid pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof.

10. Services Not Exclusive .

Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any member, manager, officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its members, managers, officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting.

11. Notices .

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

 

9


12. Amendments .

This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent of the parties, subject to the requirements of applicable law.

13. Governing Law .

Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the BDC is regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and the Sub-Adviser is regulated as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, respectively, and any then-current regulatory interpretations thereunder. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

14. Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.

 

FSIC III ADVISOR, LLC
By:   /s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker
Name:   Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC
By:   /s/ Marisa J. Beeney
Name:   Marisa J. Beeney
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

Advisory Agreement

[See Attached]


EXHIBIT B

Conflicts of Interest

 

(1) Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “ Sub-Adviser ”), The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone Group ”) and their affiliates (the “ Affiliates ”, and collectively, “ Blackstone ” or the “ Firm ”) provide investment advisory services both to FSIC III Advisor, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), on behalf of FS Investment Corporation III (the “ BDC ”), and other clients, including other investment funds, and any other investment vehicles that the Sub-Adviser or its respective Affiliates may establish from time to time, as well as client accounts and proprietary accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser and its Affiliates in which the BDC will not have an interest (such other clients, funds and accounts, collectively the “ Other GSO Accounts ”). In addition, Blackstone Group and its Affiliates provide investment management services to other clients, including other investment funds and any other investment vehicles that Blackstone Group or any of its Affiliates may establish from time to time, client accounts and proprietary accounts in which the BDC will not have an interest (such other clients, funds and accounts, collectively the “ Other Blackstone Accounts ” and together with the Other GSO Accounts, the “ Other Accounts ”). The respective investment programs of the BDC and the Other Accounts may or may not be substantially similar. The Firm may give advice and recommend securities to Other Accounts, in accordance with the investment objectives and strategies of such Other Accounts, which may differ from advice given to, or the timing or nature of the action taken with respect to, the BDC so long as it is the Sub-Adviser’s policy, to the extent practicable, to recommend for allocation and/or allocate investment opportunities to the BDC on a fair and equitable basis relative to its Other Accounts, even though their investment objectives may overlap with those of the BDC. Affiliates of the Sub-Adviser engage in investment advisory business with respect to accounts that compete with the BDC and have no obligation to make their investment opportunities available to the BDC;

 

(2) While the Sub-Adviser will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in good faith, the portfolio strategies employed by the Sub-Adviser and Blackstone in managing their respective Other Accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the Sub-Adviser in managing the BDC and may affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which the BDC invests. Conversely, participation in specific investment opportunities may be appropriate, at times, for both the BDC and Other Accounts;

 

(3) The Sub-Adviser may have a conflict of interest in allocating investment opportunities between the BDC and Other Accounts including where the Sub-Adviser may be incentivized to recommend investments for the BDC that may favor the interests of Other Accounts. This potential conflict may be exacerbated where the Sub-Adviser has more attractive incentive fees for such Other Accounts, or where individuals of the Sub-Adviser who are responsible for selecting investments for the BDC have large personal stakes in Other Accounts. In each such case, such transactions will be governed by, and the Sub-Adviser will execute such transactions in accordance with, procedures designed and adopted by the Sub-Adviser to manage such conflicts of interest;


(4) Certain distressed investment opportunities may offer high potential returns, but may not be suitable for the BDC. As a result, such investment opportunities may be allocated to Other Accounts with similar investment strategies as the BDC and may not be allocated to the BDC. Such investments, while high risk, can at times offer exceptional returns, and the BDC may not be able to participate in these investments;

 

(5) It is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to share appropriate investment opportunities (and sale opportunities) with the Other Accounts. In general, this means that such opportunities will be allocated pro rata among the BDC and the Other Accounts based on available capacity for such investment in each account (including with respect to guidelines as to concentration of holdings), taking into account available cash and the relative capital of the respective accounts. Nevertheless, investment and/or sale opportunities may be allocated other than on a pro rata basis, if the Sub-Adviser deems in good faith that a different allocation among the BDC and the Other Accounts is appropriate, taking into account, among other considerations (a) risk-return profile of the proposed investment and the BDC’s or Other Account’s current risk profile; (b) the particular BDC’s or the Other Accounts’ investment guidelines, restrictions and objectives, including whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the portfolio’s overall holdings; (c) the potential for the proposed investment to create an industry, sector or issuer imbalance in the BDC’s and the Other Accounts’ portfolios; (d) liquidity requirements of the BDC and Other Accounts, including during a wind-down of the BDC or Other Account; (e) tax consequences; (f) regulatory restrictions; (g) the need to re-size risk in the BDC’s or Other Accounts’ portfolios; (h) redemption/withdrawal requests from the BDC and Other Accounts and anticipated future contributions into the BDC and Other Accounts; (i) the work of a particular investment team in sourcing an opportunity; (j) proximity of the BDC or Other Account to the end of its specified term; (k) when a pro rata allocation could result in de minimis or odd lot allocations; (l) degree of leverage availability and any requirements or other terms of any existing leverage facilities; (m) the nature and extent of involvement in the transaction on the part of the respective teams of investment professionals dedicated to the BDC; (n) available cash; and (o) other considerations deemed relevant by the Sub-Adviser and its Affiliates. Because of these and other factors, certain Other Accounts may effectively have priority in investment allocations over the BDC, notwithstanding the Sub-Adviser’s general policy of pro rata allocation. The BDC should be aware that individual conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the BDC’s interests, but the BDC will be treated fairly and equitably over time and in a manner consistent with the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary duties. Orders may be combined for all such accounts, and if any order is not filled at the same price, they may be allocated on an average price basis. Similarly, if an order on behalf of more than one account cannot be fully executed under prevailing market conditions, securities may be allocated among the different accounts on a basis which the Sub-Adviser or its Affiliates consider equitable;

 

B-2


(6) From time to time, the BDC and Other Accounts may make investments at different levels of a borrower’s or an issuer’s capital structure or otherwise in different classes of a borrower’s or an issuer’s securities, as may be permitted by law and subject to compliance with appropriate procedures. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of securities that may be held by such entities. In addition, when the BDC and Other Accounts hold investments in the same borrower or issuer (including in the same level of the capital structure), the BDC may be prohibited by applicable law from participating in restructuring, work-outs, renegotiations, or other activities related to its investment in the borrower or issuer due to the fact that Other Accounts hold investments in the same borrower or issuer. As a result, the BDC may not be permitted by law to make the same investment decisions as Other Accounts in the same or similar situations even if the Sub-Adviser believes it would be in the best economic interests of the BDC to do so. Also, the BDC may be prohibited by applicable law from investing in a borrower or issuer that Other Accounts are also investing in or currently invest in even if the Sub-Adviser believes it would be in the best economic interests of the BDC to do so. In addition, entering into certain transactions that are not deemed “joint” transactions for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”) and relevant guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission may potentially lead to joint transactions within the meaning of the 1940 Act in the future. This may be the case, for example, with issuers who are near default and more likely to enter into restructuring or work-out transactions with their existing debt holders, which may include the BDC and its affiliates. In some cases, to avoid the potential of future joint transactions, the Sub-Adviser may avoid allocating an investment opportunity to the BDC that it would otherwise allocate, subject to the Sub-Adviser’s and Adviser’s then-current allocation policy and any applicable exemptive orders, and to the Sub-Adviser’s obligation to allocate opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with its fiduciary duties owed to the BDC and Other Accounts and policies related to approvals of investments;

 

(7) The Sub-Adviser or certain of its Affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to a borrower or an issuer. Should this occur, the Sub-Adviser would be restricted from buying or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the borrower or the issuer on behalf of the BDC until such time as the information became public or was no longer deemed material to preclude the BDC from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the Sub-Adviser’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the BDC will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Adviser on behalf of the BDC may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Adviser and the BDC may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Firm which might be relevant to an investment decision to be made on behalf of the BDC, and the Adviser may initiate a transaction or sell an investment which, if such information had been known to it, may not have been undertaken. Due to these restrictions, the Adviser may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold;

 

(8)

As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory, and other services. In the regular course of its investment banking and advisory businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with

 

B-3


  respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that are suitable for the BDC. In such a case, Blackstone’s client would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf, thereby precluding the BDC from participating in such transactions. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the BDC. In connection with its investment banking, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone may come into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The BDC’s activities may be constrained as a result of the inability of Blackstone personnel to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone may be prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the BDC’s investment team at the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone will be precluded from providing services related to the BDC’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone. In certain seller assignments, the seller may permit the BDC to act as a participant in such transaction, which would raise certain conflicts of interest inherent in such a situation (including as to the negotiation of the purchase price);

 

(9) Blackstone has long-term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to recommend that the BDC invest in a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser will consider those relationships, which may result in the Sub-Adviser turning away certain transactions on behalf of the BDC in view of such relationships, as may be permitted by law. The BDC may also co-invest with clients of Blackstone in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by the Sub-Adviser with respect to such investments, as may be permitted by law and in accordance with the Sub-Adviser’s applicable procedures. The Sub-Adviser may also have additional conflicts of interest, including where the Sub-Adviser may be incentivized to recommend investments for the BDC that may favor the interests of Other Accounts. In each such case, such transactions will be governed by, and the Sub-Adviser will execute such transactions in accordance with, procedures designed and adopted by the Sub-Adviser to manage such conflicts of interest;

 

(10) The Firm may represent creditors or debtors in restructuring or reorganization proceedings or negotiations, including under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. From time to time the Firm may serve as advisor to creditor or equity committees. This involvement may limit or preclude the flexibility that the BDC may otherwise have to participate in restructurings or the Sub-Adviser may recommend that the BDC liquidate any existing positions of the applicable issuer. The Firm may be compensated for these representations; however, such compensation will not be passed through to the BDC;

 

(11)

The Sub-Adviser and its members, partners, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to the activities of the BDC as they deem necessary and appropriate. The Firm is not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even

 

B-4


though such activities may be in competition with the BDC and/or may involve substantial time and resources of the Sub-Adviser. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Sub-Adviser and its officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the BDC but will be allocated between the business of the BDC and the management of the monies of other advisees of the Sub-Adviser;

 

(12) Situations may arise where certain assets held by Other Accounts may be traded to the BDC or vice versa. Such transactions will be conducted in accordance with, and subject to the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the BDC, the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and other applicable law;

 

(13) The officers, directors, members, managers, and employees of the Sub-Adviser or Blackstone may trade in securities for their own accounts, subject to restrictions and reporting requirements as may be required by law and Firm policies, or otherwise determined from time to time by the Sub-Adviser;

 

(14) The Firm may expand the range of services that it provides over time. The Firm will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Firm has, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the BDC. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the BDC or may compete with the BDC for investment opportunities;

 

(15) The entities in which the BDC invests may be counterparties or participants in agreements, transactions or other arrangements with portfolio companies of other investment funds managed by the Firm. From time to time employees of the Sub-Adviser may serve as directors or advisory board members of certain portfolio companies or other entities. In connection with such services, the Sub-Adviser may receive directors’ fees or other similar compensation. Such amounts have not been, and are not expected to, be material;

 

(16) Other present and future activities of Blackstone may give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Sub-Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner and subject to applicable law; and

 

(17) By approving the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement by and between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser and the BDC will be deemed to have acknowledged the existence of any such actual and potential conflicts of interest and to have waived any claim with respect to any liability arising from the existence of any such conflicts of interest.

 

B-5

Exhibit 10.3

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

Up to 400,000,000 Shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT

December 20, 2013

FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street, Suite 675

Philadelphia, PA 19104-2867

Ladies and Gentlemen:

FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), has registered for public sale (the “ Offering ”) a maximum of 400,000,000 shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), to be issued and sold to the public on a “best efforts” basis (the “ Offered Shares ”) through you as the managing dealer (the “ Dealer Manager ”) and the broker-dealers participating in the offering (the “ Selected Dealers ”) at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share (subject in certain circumstances to discounts based upon the volume of shares purchased). Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, as that term is defined in Section 1.1 below.

The Corporation has entered into an investment advisory and administrative services agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013 (the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ”), with FSIC III Advisor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser (the “ Adviser ”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ Advisers Act ”).

The Corporation and the Adviser hereby agree with you (this “ Agreement ”), the Dealer Manager, as follows:

 

  1. Representations and Warranties of the Corporation and the Adviser.

The Corporation and the Adviser hereby represent and warrant to the Dealer Manager and each Selected Dealer with whom the Dealer Manager has entered into or will enter into a Selected Dealer Agreement (the “ Selected Dealer Agreement ”) in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement that, as of the date hereof and at all times during the Offering Period, as that term is defined in Section 4.1 below (provided that, to the extent such representations and warranties are given only as of a specified date or dates, the Corporation and the Adviser only make such representations and warranties as of such date or dates):

1.1 The Corporation has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-191925) for the registration of the Offered Shares in accordance in all material respects with applicable


requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder (the “ Securities Act Regulations ”). As used in this Agreement, the term “Registration Statement” means such registration statement, as may be supplemented or amended from time to time; the term “Effective Date” means the applicable date upon which the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto is or was first declared effective by the SEC; the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form constituting a part of the Registration Statement on the Effective Date, as well as in the form filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 after the Registration Statement becomes effective, except that the term “Prospectus” shall also include any amendment or supplement thereto; and the term “Filing Date” means the applicable date upon which the initial Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto is filed with the SEC. As of the date hereof, the SEC has not issued any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and no notices have been received by the Corporation or the Adviser to the effect that any proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or is pending before or threatened by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.2 The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any further amendments or supplements thereto, will, as of the applicable Effective Date, comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; the Registration Statement does not, and any amendments thereto will not, in each case as of the applicable Effective Date, contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Corporation and the Adviser make no warranty or representation with respect to any statement contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Corporation by the Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto.

1.3 This Investment Advisory Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation.

1.4 The Corporation is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and is in good standing with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, with full power and authority to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to enter into this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Adviser and the Dealer Manager, is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, and except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and/or contribution provisions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws.

1.5 Each of the Corporation and the Adviser has qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business, as described in the

 

2


Prospectus, requires such qualification, except where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, results of operations or cash flows of the Corporation and the Adviser taken as a whole or would materially and adversely affect the regulatory status of the Adviser such that the Adviser would be prevented from carrying out its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

1.6 The Adviser is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with full power and authority to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to enter into this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Corporation and the Dealer Manager, is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Adviser enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, and except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and/or contribution provisions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws.

1.7 The Offered Shares conform in all material respects to the description of the Common Stock contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The authorized, issued and outstanding Common Stock as of the date hereof are as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Our Securities.” As of the date hereof, all the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation are fully paid and non-assessable.

1.8 The Corporation is not in violation of its articles of incorporation or its bylaws and the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Offered Shares, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Corporation will not violate the terms of or constitute a default under: (a) its articles of incorporation or bylaws; or (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, or other material agreement to which the Corporation is a party; or (c) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation; or (d) any writ, injunction or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Corporation except, in the cases of clauses (b), (c) and (d), for such violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

1.9 The Adviser is not in violation of its certificate of formation or its limited liability company agreement and the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Adviser will not violate the terms of or constitute a default under: (a) its certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement; or (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, or other material agreement to which the Adviser is a party; or (c) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Adviser; or (d) any writ, injunction or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Adviser except, in the cases of clauses (b), (c) and (d), for such violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3


1.10 Upon the commencement of the Offering, the Corporation will be a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“ BDC ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and has not withdrawn such election, and the SEC has not ordered that such election be withdrawn nor to the Corporation’s knowledge have proceedings to effectuate such withdrawal been initiated or threatened by the SEC.

1.11 The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

1.12 The approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement by each of the board of directors and the initial stockholders of the Corporation has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be regulated as BDCs under the Investment Company Act.

1.13 Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Corporation, except in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder, and (ii) to the knowledge of the Corporation, no director of the Corporation is an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Dealer Manager.

1.14 The Corporation’s current business operations and investments and contemplated business operations and investments are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to BDCs and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, except as will not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

1.15 The provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus are not inconsistent with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to a BDC.

1.16 Except as have been obtained or waived, no material consent, approval, authorization or other order of any governmental authority is required in connection with the execution or delivery by the Corporation of this Agreement or the issuance and sale by the Corporation of the Offered Shares, except (a) registration of the Offered Shares under the Securities Act; (b) election to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act; (c) any necessary qualification under the securities or blue sky laws of the jurisdictions in which the Offered Shares are being offered by the Dealer Manager and the Selected Dealers; and (d) any necessary qualification under the conduct rules set forth in the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) rulebook (the “ FINRA Rules ”).

 

4


1.17 There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Corporation or the Adviser, threatened against either the Corporation or the Adviser at law or in equity or before or by any federal or state commission, regulatory body or administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.18 The issuance and sale of the Offered Shares have been duly authorized by the Corporation, and, when issued and duly delivered against payment therefor as contemplated by this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of any pledge, lien, encumbrance, security interest or other claim, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares by the Corporation are not subject to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law, under the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or under any agreement to which the Corporation is a party or otherwise.

1.19 The Corporation has entered into an escrow agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”) with UMB Bank, N.A. as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) and the Dealer Manager, in the form included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, which provides for the establishment of an escrow account into which subscribers’ funds will be deposited, prior to the Corporation raising gross offering proceeds of $2,500,000 from persons not affiliated with the Corporation or the Adviser (the “ Minimum Offering ”) as described in the Prospectus, pursuant to the subscription procedures described in Section 13 below (the “ Escrow Account ”).

1.20 The financial statements of the Corporation included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, together with the related notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation, as of the date specified, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and in conformity with Regulation S-X of the SEC, except as described in the notes thereto. No additional financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

1.21 McGladrey LLP, whose report on the financial statements of the Corporation included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, are, and during the period covered by the report included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, were independent registered public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

1.22 Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, there has not been any event or development which could reasonably be seen as having a Material Adverse Effect.

1.23 There are no contracts or other documents required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations to be described in or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been accurately described in all material respects in the Prospectus or incorporated or filed as required. The agreements to which either the Corporation or the Adviser is a party which are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are valid and enforceable in all material respects by the Corporation and/or the Adviser except as

 

5


enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies, and, to the best of the Corporation’s and the Adviser’s knowledge, no party thereto is in breach or default under any of such agreements except where such breach or default would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.24 The Corporation has, and, to the knowledge of the Corporation, all of the Corporation’s directors or officers in their capacities as such have, complied in all material respects with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith.

1.25 Neither the Corporation nor, to the knowledge of the Corporation, any director, officer, employee or affiliate of the Corporation is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

1.26 Each of the Corporation and the Adviser expects to implement and maintain controls and other procedures that will be designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure; and the Corporation will make and keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Corporation and the Adviser; and the Corporation and the Adviser expect to implement and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and, to the Corporation’s knowledge, neither the Corporation nor the Adviser, nor any employee or agent thereof, has made any payment of funds of the Corporation or the Adviser, as the case may be, or received or retained any funds, and no funds of the Corporation have been set aside to be used for any payment, in each case in material violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or the Adviser.

1.27 No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Corporation on the one hand, and the directors, officers and security holders of the Corporation, the Adviser or their respective affiliates, on the other hand, which is required to be described in the Prospectus and which is not so described.

 

6


  2. Covenants of the Corporation and the Adviser.

The Corporation and the Adviser hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Dealer Manager that:

2.1 The Corporation will: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement and any subsequent amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as possible; (b) promptly advise the Dealer Manager (i) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the SEC, (ii) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, and (iii) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; (iv) timely file every amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that may be required by the SEC or under the Securities Act; and (v) promptly notify the Dealer Manager if at any time the SEC shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and, to the extent the Corporation determines that such action is in its best interest, the Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible time.

2.2 In addition to and apart from the Prospectus, the Corporation intends to furnish to all appropriate regulatory agencies and use printed sales literature or other materials in connection with the Offering prepared by the Corporation, the Adviser or the Dealer Manager. Such printed sales literature or other materials prepared by the Corporation, the Adviser or the Dealer Manager, provided that the use of said sales literature and other materials has been approved for use by the Corporation in writing and all appropriate regulatory agencies, are referred to hereinafter as the “ Authorized Sales Materials .” In the event that the Corporation uses printed materials in connection with the Offering prepared by the Corporation, the Adviser or the Dealer Manager that is intended for “broker-dealer use only,” the Dealer Manager shall use such “broker-dealer use only” materials in accordance with Section 4.3 below.

2.3 The Corporation will, at no expense to the Dealer Manager, furnish the Dealer Manager with such number of printed copies of the Registration Statement, including all amendments and exhibits thereto, as the Dealer Manager may reasonably request. The Corporation will similarly furnish to the Dealer Manager and Selected Dealers designated by the Dealer Manager as many copies as the Dealer Manager may reasonably request in connection with the Offering of the Offered Shares of (a) the Prospectus in preliminary and final form and every form of supplement to the Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement; and (b) the Authorized Sales Materials.

2.4 The Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) qualify the Offered Shares for offering and sale under, or to establish the exemption of the offering and sale of the Offered Shares from qualification or registration under, the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of each jurisdiction designated in Exhibit B hereto (the “ Qualified Jurisdictions ”) and (b) maintain such qualifications or exemptions in effect throughout the Offering. In connection therewith, the Corporation will prepare and file all such reports as may be required by the securities regulatory authorities in the Qualified Jurisdictions in which the Offered Shares have been sold, provided that the Dealer Manager shall have provided the Corporation with any information required for such filings or reports that is in the Dealer

 

7


Manager’s possession. The Corporation will notify the Dealer Manager promptly following each date of (i) the effectiveness of qualification or exemption of Offered Shares in any additional jurisdiction in which the offering and sale of Offered Shares has been authorized by appropriate state regulatory authorities; and (ii) a change in the status of the qualification or exemption of the Offered Shares in any jurisdiction in any respect. The Corporation will file and obtain clearance of the Authorized Sales Materials to the extent required by applicable state securities laws. The Corporation will furnish to the Dealer Manager a copy of such papers filed by the Corporation in connection with any such qualification.

2.5 If at any time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act any event occurs as a result of which, in the opinion of the Corporation, the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, the Corporation will promptly notify the Dealer Manager thereof (unless the information shall have been received from the Dealer Manager) and the Dealer Manager and the Selected Dealers shall suspend the offering and sale of the Offered Shares in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof until such time as the Corporation, in its sole discretion (a) instructs the Dealer Manager to resume the offering and sale of the Offered Shares and (b) has prepared any required supplement to the Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement as shall be necessary to correct such statement or omission and to comply with the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act.

2.6 The Corporation will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares as stated in the Prospectus.

2.7 The Corporation will engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Offered Shares.

2.8 The Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a BDC under the Investment Company Act; provided, however , the Corporation may cease to be, or withdraw its election as a BDC under the Investment Company Act, with the approval of its board of directors and a vote of its stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act, or a successor provision.

2.9 The Corporation will operate in a manner so as to enable the Corporation to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for each taxable year during which it elects to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act; provided, however , that at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors, it may elect to not be so treated.

 

  3. Payment of Expenses and Fees.

3.1 The Corporation agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the Offering, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, including expenses, fees and taxes in connection with: (a) the registration fee, the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement (including without limitation financial statements, exhibits, schedules and consents), the Prospectus, and any

 

8


amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and furnishing of copies of each thereof to the Dealer Manager and to Selected Dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment); (b) the preparation, issuance and delivery of certificates, if any, for the Offered Shares, including any stock or other transfer taxes or duties payable upon the sale of the Offered Shares; (c) all fees and expenses of the Corporation’s legal counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm; (d) the qualification of the Offered Shares for offering and sale under state laws in the states, including the Qualified Jurisdictions, that the Corporation shall designate as appropriate and the determination of their eligibility for investment under state law as aforesaid and the printing and furnishing of copies of any blue sky surveys or legal investment surveys to the Dealer Manager; (e) filing for review by FINRA of all necessary documents and information relating to the Offering and the Offered Shares (including the reasonable legal fees and filing fees and other disbursements of counsel relating thereto); (f) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Offered Shares and miscellaneous expenses referred to in the Registration Statement; (g) all costs and expenses incident to the travel and accommodation of the Corporation’s employees in making road show presentations with respect to the offering of the Offered Shares; and (h) the performance of the Corporation’s other obligations hereunder.

3.2 In addition, the Corporation shall reimburse the Dealer Manager for due diligence expenses of up to 0.5% of gross proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares for bona fide accountable due diligence expenses incurred by the Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer. Such due diligence expenses may include travel, lodging, meals and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer and their personnel when visiting the Corporation’s offices to verify information relating to the Corporation. The Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer shall provide to the Corporation a detailed and itemized invoice for any such due diligence expenses.

 

  4. Obligations and Compensation of Dealer Manager.

The Dealer Manager hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with the Corporation and the Adviser (provided that, to the extent representations and warranties of the Corporation and the Adviser are given only as of a specified date or dates, the Dealer Manager only makes such representations and warranties as of such date or dates), as follows:

4.1 The Corporation hereby appoints the Dealer Manager as its exclusive agent and distributor during the period commencing with the date hereof and ending on the termination date of the Offering (the “ Termination Date ”) described in the Prospectus (the “ Offering Period ”) to solicit and to cause Selected Dealers to solicit subscriptions for the Offered Shares at the subscription price to be paid in accordance with, and otherwise upon the other terms and conditions set forth in, the Prospectus and the Subscription Agreement, and the Dealer Manager agrees to use its best efforts to procure subscribers for the Offered Shares during the Offering Period. The Offered Shares offered and sold through the Dealer Manager under this Agreement shall be offered and sold only by the Dealer Manager and, at the Dealer Manager’s sole option, by any Selected Dealers whom the Dealer Manager may retain, each of which shall be members of FINRA in good standing, pursuant to an executed Selected Dealer Agreement with such Selected Dealer. The Dealer Manager hereby accepts such agency and distributorship and agrees to use its best efforts to sell the Offered Shares on said terms and conditions. The Dealer Manager represents to the Corporation that (i) it is a member of FINRA in good standing,

 

9


(ii) it and its employees and representatives have all required licenses and registrations to act under this Agreement and (iii) it has established and implemented anti-money laundering compliance programs in accordance with applicable law, including applicable FINRA rules, SEC rules and regulations (“ Commission Rules ”) and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA PATRIOT Act) of 2001, as amended by the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), specifically including, but not limited to, Section 352 of the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (the “ Money Laundering Abatement Act ” and together with the USA PATRIOT Act, the “ AML Rules ”) reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of suspicious transactions in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. In addition, the Dealer Manager represents that it has established and implemented a program for compliance with Executive Order 13224 and all regulations and programs administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations (“ OFAC Program ”) and will continue to maintain its OFAC Program during the term of this Agreement.

The Dealer Manager further represents that it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules and OFAC requirements, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, and the Dealer Manager hereby agrees, upon request of the Corporation, to provide an annual certification to the Corporation that, as of the date of such certification (i) its AML Program and its OFAC Program are consistent with the AML Rules and OFAC requirements, (ii) it has continued to implement its AML Program and its OFAC Program, and (iii) it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules and OFAC requirements, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act.

4.2 With respect to its participation and the participation by each Selected Dealer in the offer and sale of the Offered Shares (including, without limitation any resales and transfers of Offered Shares), the Dealer Manager agrees, and, by virtue of entering into the Selected Dealer Agreement, each Selected Dealer shall have agreed, to comply and shall comply with any applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules promulgated under each, the applicable state securities or blue sky laws, and FINRA Rules, specifically including, but not in any way limited to, FINRA Rules 2340, 2310 (including the obligations with respect to disclosure of certain information relating to liquidity and marketability of prior programs pursuant to FINRA Rules 2310(b)(3)(D)) and 5141, and NASD Rule 2420 therein. The Dealer Manager agrees, and each Selected Dealer shall have agreed, to comply and shall comply with any applicable requirements with respect to its and each Selected Dealer’s participation in any resales or transfers of the Offered Shares. In addition, the Dealer Manager agrees, and each Selected Dealer shall have agreed, that should it or they assist with the resale or transfer of the Offered Shares, it and each Selected Dealer will fully comply with all applicable FINRA or Commission Rules or any other applicable Federal or state laws.

4.3 The Dealer Manager shall cause the Offered Shares to be offered and sold only in the Qualified Jurisdictions, and in such additional jurisdictions as may be added thereto in which the offering and sale of Offered Shares has been authorized by appropriate state regulatory authorities. No Offered Shares shall be offered or sold for the account of the

 

10


Corporation in any other jurisdictions. The Dealer Manager shall use and distribute in conjunction with the offer and sale of any Offered Shares only the Prospectus and the Authorized Sales Materials. The Authorized Sales Materials may only be furnished to prospective investors if accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus. The Dealer Manager represents and warrants to the Corporation that it will not use any sales literature not authorized and approved by the Corporation or use any “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public in connection with offers or sales or the Offered Shares. The Dealer Manager agrees, and will cause the Selected Dealers to each agree, to suspend or terminate offering and sale of the Offered Shares upon request of the Corporation at any time and to resume offering and sale of the Offered Shares upon subsequent request of the Corporation.

4.4 In consideration for the services rendered by the Dealer Manager, the Corporation agrees that it will pay to the Dealer Manager:

(a) a dealer manager fee in the amount of 3.0% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares (the “ Dealer Manager Fee ”), a portion of which may be reallowed to Selected Dealers (as described more fully in the Selected Dealer Agreement entered into with such Selected Dealer), up to an aggregate maximum of 1.5% of the gross proceeds of the Offered Shares sold, which reallowance, if any, shall be determined by the Dealer Manager in its discretion based on factors including, but not limited to, the number of shares sold by such Selected Dealer, the assistance of such Selected Dealer in marketing the Offering and due diligence expenses incurred, and the extent to which similar fees are reallowed to selected broker-dealers in similar offerings being conducted during the Offering Period; provided, however , that no Dealer Manager Fee shall be payable in respect of the purchase of Offered Shares by an officer, director or employee of the Corporation, the Adviser or their respective affiliates; and

(b) subject to volume discounts and other special circumstances described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, selling commissions in the amount of 7.0% of the gross proceeds of the Offered Shares sold, which commissions may be reallowed in whole or in part to the Selected Dealer who sold the Offered Shares giving rise to such commissions, as described more fully in the Selected Dealer Agreement entered into with such Selected Dealer; provided , however , that no commissions described in this clause (b) shall be payable in respect of the purchase of Offered Shares: (i) through an investment advisory representative affiliated with a Selected Dealer who is paid on a fee-for-service basis by the investor; (ii) by a Selected Dealer (or such Selected Dealer’s registered representative), in its individual capacity, or by a retirement plan of such Selected Dealer (or such Selected Dealer’s registered representative), or (iii) by an officer, director or employee of the Corporation, the Adviser or their respective affiliates.

4.5 The Corporation will not be liable or responsible to any Selected Dealer for direct payment of commissions or the Dealer Manager Fee to such Selected Dealer, it being the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Dealer Manager for payment of commissions or the Dealer Manager Fee to Selected Dealers. Notwithstanding the above, the Corporation, in its sole discretion, either directly or through the Escrow Agent or such other agent appointed by it, may act as agent of the Dealer Manager by making direct payment of commissions or the Dealer Manager Fee to such Selected Dealers without incurring any liability therefor. The Dealer

 

11


Manager Fee and all selling commissions payable to the Dealer Manager with respect to any Offered Shares sold will be paid or offered substantially concurrently with the acceptance of subscribers for such Offered Shares as stockholders by the Corporation.

4.6 The Dealer Manager represents and warrants to the Corporation, the Adviser and each person that signs the Registration Statement that the information regarding the Offering in the Prospectus and all other information furnished to the Corporation by the Dealer Manager in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

4.7 The Dealer Manager represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Adviser that it will not represent or imply that the Escrow Agent has investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Corporation, or has approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of the Offered Shares or the Corporation, nor will the Dealer Manager use the name of said Escrow Agent in any manner whatsoever in connection with the offer or sale of the Offered Shares other than by acknowledgment that it has agreed to serve as escrow agent.

 

  5. Indemnification.

5.1 For the purposes of this Section 5, an entity’s “ Indemnified Parties ” shall include such entity’s officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls such entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

5.2 The Corporation and the Adviser, jointly and severally, will indemnify, defend (subject to Section 5.6) and hold harmless the Selected Dealers and the Dealer Manager, and their respective Indemnified Parties, from and against any losses, claims (including the reasonable cost of investigation), damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Selected Dealers or Dealer Manager, or their respective Indemnified Parties, may become subject, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by either the Corporation or the Adviser, any material breach of a covenant contained herein by either the Corporation or the Adviser, or any material failure by either the Corporation or the Adviser to perform its obligations hereunder or to comply with state or federal securities laws applicable to the Offering, or (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto, (ii) in any Authorized Sales Materials or (iii) in any blue sky application or other document executed by the Corporation or on its behalf specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Offered Shares for sale under the securities laws of any jurisdiction or based upon written information furnished by the Corporation or the Adviser under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being hereinafter called a “ Blue Sky Application ”), or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or in the Prospectus or any supplement to the Prospectus as necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,

 

12


and the Corporation and the Adviser will reimburse each Selected Dealer or Dealer Manager, and/or their respective Indemnified Parties, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Selected Dealer or Dealer Manager, and/or their respective Indemnified Parties, in connection with investigating or defending such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the Corporation or the Adviser will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of, or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished either (x) to the Corporation or the Adviser by the Dealer Manager or (y) to the Corporation, the Adviser or Dealer Manager by or on behalf of any Selected Dealer expressly for use in the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or any such supplement thereto. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which either the Corporation or the Adviser may otherwise have.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification and agreement to hold harmless provided in this Section 5.2 is further limited to the extent that no such indemnification by the Corporation or the Adviser of a Selected Dealer or the Dealer Manager, or their respective Indemnified Parties, shall be permitted under this Agreement for, or arising out of, an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws, unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the particular indemnitee; (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the particular indemnitee; or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the particular indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

5.3 The Dealer Manager will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Corporation and the Adviser, their respective Indemnified Parties and each person who has signed the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which any of the aforesaid parties may become subject, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims (including the reasonable cost of investigation), damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by the Dealer Manager, any material breach of a covenant contained herein by the Dealer Manager, or any material failure by the Dealer Manager to perform its obligations hereunder or (b) any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto, (ii) in any Authorized Sales Materials or (iii) any Blue Sky Application, or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or in the Prospectus or any supplement to the Prospectus as necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however , that in each case described in clauses (b) and (c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation or the Adviser by the Dealer Manager specifically for use with reference to the Dealer Manager in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any such

 

13


post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such supplement thereto, or (c) any use of sales literature by the Dealer Manager not authorized or approved by the Corporation or any use of “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public concerning the Offered Shares by the Dealer Manager, or (d) any untrue statement made by the Dealer Manager or its representatives or agents or omission to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, or (e) any material violation by the Dealer Manager of this Agreement, or (f) any failure by the Dealer Manager to comply with applicable laws governing money laundry abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts, including applicable FINRA Rules, SEC Rules and the USA PATRIOT Act, or (g) any other failure by the Dealer Manager to comply with applicable FINRA or Commission Rules. The Dealer Manager will reimburse the aforesaid parties in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Dealer Manager may otherwise have.

5.4 Each Selected Dealer severally will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Corporation, the Adviser, the Dealer Manager, each of their respective Indemnified Parties and each person who signs the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Corporation, the Adviser, the Dealer Manager, any of their respective Indemnified Parties, or any person who signed the Registration Statement, may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims (including the reasonable cost of investigation), damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty by the Selected Dealer, any material breach of a covenant by the Selected Dealer, or any material failure by the Selected Dealer to perform its obligations hereunder or under the Selected Dealer Agreement, (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or the Prospectus or any supplement thereto (ii) in any Authorized Sales Materials or (iii) any Blue Sky Application, or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or in the Prospectus or any supplement to the Prospectus or necessary to make statements therein not misleading, provided, however , that in each case described in clauses (b) and (c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation or the Adviser or the Dealer Manager by the Selected Dealer specifically for use with reference to the Selected Dealer in the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such supplement thereto, or (d) any use of sales literature by the Selected Dealer not authorized or approved by the Corporation or use of “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public concerning the Offered Shares by such Selected Dealer or Selected Dealer’s representatives or agents, or (e) any untrue statement made by such Selected Dealer or its representatives or agents or omission to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, or (f) any failure by the Selected Dealer to comply with Section VII or Section X of the Selected Dealer Agreement or any other material violation of the Selected Dealer Agreement, or (f) any failure of the Selected Dealer to comply with applicable laws governing money laundry abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts, including applicable FINRA Rules, Commission Rules and the USA PATRIOT Act, or (g) any

 

14


other failure by the Selected Dealer to comply with applicable FINRA or Commission Rules or any other applicable Federal or state laws. Each Selected Dealer will reimburse the aforesaid parties in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Selected Dealer may otherwise have.

5.5 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof and the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will relieve such indemnifying party from any liability under this Section 5 as to the particular item for which indemnification is then being sought, but not from any other liability which it may have to any indemnified party. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel. Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable legal and other expenses (subject to Section 5.6) incurred by such indemnified party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought. Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such indemnified party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnifying party.

5.6 An indemnifying party under Section 5 of this Agreement shall be obligated to reimburse an indemnified party for reasonable legal and other expenses as follows:

(a) In the case of the Corporation and/or the Adviser indemnifying the Dealer Manager, the advancement of funds of the Corporation to the Dealer Manager for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of any legal action for which indemnification is being sought shall be permissible only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder of the Corporation or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder of the Corporation acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and (iii) the Dealer Manager undertakes to repay the advanced funds to the Corporation, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases which the Dealer Manager is found not to be entitled to indemnification.

(b) In any case of indemnification other than that described in Section 5.6(a) above, the indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses of the indemnified party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided, however , that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one indemnified party. If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one indemnified party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse

 

15


the expenses and fees of the one law firm that has been selected by a majority of the indemnified parties against which such action is finally brought; and in the event a majority of such indemnified parties is unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an indemnified party against the action or claim. Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

5.7 The indemnity agreements contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of: (a) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Selected Dealer, or any person controlling any Selected Dealer or by or on behalf of the Corporation, the Adviser, the Dealer Manager or any officer, trustee or director thereof, or by or on behalf of the Corporation or the Dealer Manager; (b) delivery of any Offered Shares and payment therefor; and (c) any termination of this Agreement or any Selected Dealer Agreement. A successor of any Selected Dealer or of any of the parties to this Agreement, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnity agreements contained in this Section 5.

5.8 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act.

 

  6. Survival of Provisions.

The respective agreements, representations and warranties of the Corporation, the Adviser and the Dealer Manager set forth in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect until the Termination Date regardless of: (a) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer or any person controlling the Dealer Manager or any Selected Dealer or by or on behalf of the Corporation, the Adviser or any person controlling the Corporation; and (b) the delivery of payment for the Offered Shares. Following the termination of this Agreement, this Agreement will become void and there will be no liability of any party to any other party hereto, except for obligations under Sections 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 15, all of which will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  7. Applicable Law; Venue

This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement, directly or indirectly, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts formed and to be formed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles and rules thereof, to the extent such principles would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

  8. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be an original contract, but all counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

16


  9. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire agreement among the parties and supersede any prior understanding, whether written or oral, prior to the date hereof with respect to the Offering.

 

  10. Successors and Amendment.

10.1 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Dealer Manager, the Corporation, the Adviser and their respective successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Selected Dealers to the extent set forth in Sections 1 and 5 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person any right, remedy or claim, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

10.2 This Agreement may be amended only by the written agreement of the Dealer Manager, the Corporation and the Adviser.

10.3 Neither the Corporation or Adviser, nor the Dealer Manager may assign or transfer any of such party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Dealer Manager, on the one hand, or the Corporation and the Adviser, acting together, on the other hand.

 

  11. Term and Termination.

11.1 This Agreement may be terminated by the Dealer Manager, on the one hand, or the Corporation and the Adviser acting together, on the other, in the event that (a) the Corporation or the Adviser, on the one hand, or the Dealer Manager, on the other, shall have materially failed to comply with any of the material provisions of this Agreement or (b) the Corporation or the Adviser, on the one hand, or the Dealer Manager, on the other, materially breaches any of its representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and, in the case of the Corporation or the Adviser, such breach or breaches, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however , that no party may terminate this Agreement under this sentence unless such failure(s) or breach(es) under clause (a) or (b) above is or are not cured within thirty (30) days after such party has delivered notice of intent to terminate under this Section 11.1. In any case, this Agreement shall expire at the close of business on the Termination Date.

11.2 The Dealer Manager, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall (i) promptly deposit any and all funds, if any, in its possession which were received from investors for the sale of Offered Shares into the appropriate account designated by the Corporation, (ii) promptly deliver to the Corporation all records and documents in its possession which relate to the Offering and are not designated as dealer copies, (iii) provide a list of all purchasers and broker-dealers with whom the Dealer Manager has initiated oral or written discussions regarding the Offering, and (iv) notify Selected Dealers of such termination. The Dealer Manager, at its sole expense, may make and retain copies of all such records and documents, but shall keep all such information confidential. The Dealer Manager shall use its best efforts to cooperate with the Corporation to accomplish an orderly transfer of management of the Offering to a party designated by the Corporation.

11.3 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Corporation shall pay to the Dealer Manager all compensation to which the Dealer Manager is or becomes entitled under Section 4 at such time as such compensation becomes payable.

 

17


  12. Confirmation.

The Corporation hereby agrees and assumes, or will arrange for a party designated by it, to assume the duty to confirm, on its behalf and on behalf of Selected Dealers, all orders for purchase of Offered Shares accepted by the Corporation. Such confirmations will comply with the rules of the SEC and FINRA, and will comply with applicable laws of such other jurisdictions to the extent the Corporation is advised of such laws in writing by the Dealer Manager.

 

  13. Submission of Orders.

13.1 Each person desiring to purchase Offered Shares in the Offering will be required to complete and execute a Subscription Agreement in the form attached as an Appendix to the Prospectus and to deliver to the Selected Dealer or Dealer Manager, as the case may be (the “ Processing Broker-Dealer ”), such completed Subscription Agreement, together with a check, draft, wire or money order (hereinafter referred to as a “ Subscription Payment ”) for the purchase price of the Offered Shares, subject to any discount that may apply based upon the volume of Offered Shares purchased pursuant to the schedule of discounts and procedures specified in the Prospectus. There shall be a minimum initial purchase by any one purchaser of $5,000 in Offered Shares (except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus, or in any letter or memorandum from the Corporation to the Dealer Manager). Minimum subsequent purchases of Offered Shares shall be $500 per transaction, except for purchases made pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan, as described in the Prospectus. Prior to the Corporation meeting the Minimum Offering, persons who purchase Offered Shares shall make their checks payable to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for FS Investment Corporation III.” Subsequent to the Corporation raising the Minimum Offering, persons who purchase Offered Shares shall make their checks payable to “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for FS Investment Corporation III.”

After meeting the Minimum Offering described throughout the Prospectus, the Corporation will sell the Offered Shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00 per Offered Share, subject to any adjustment described or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus. Each person desiring to purchase Offered Shares in the Offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of Offered Shares and, as a result, may receive fractional Offered Shares.

The Processing Broker-Dealer receiving a Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment not conforming to the foregoing instructions shall return such Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment directly to such subscriber not later than the end of the second business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer of such materials. Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments received by the Processing Broker-Dealer which conform to the foregoing instructions shall be transmitted for deposit pursuant to one of the methods described in this Section 13. Transmittal of received investor funds will be made in accordance with the following procedures. The Dealer Manager may authorize certain Selected

 

18


Dealers that are “$250,000 broker-dealers” to instruct their customers to make their checks for Offered Shares subscribed for payable directly to the Selected Dealer. In such case, the Selected Dealer will collect the proceeds of the subscribers’ checks and issue a check or wire transfer for the aggregate amount of the subscription proceeds made payable (1) prior to the Corporation raising the Minimum Offering, to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for FS Investment Corporation III” and (2) subsequent to the Corporation raising the Minimum Offering, to “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for FS Investment Corporation III.”

13.2 If the Processing Broker-Dealer conducts its internal supervisory review at the same location at which Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments are received from subscribers, then, by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer, the Processing Broker-Dealer will transmit the Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payment for deposit to the Escrow Agent, or after the Minimum Offering has been achieved, to the Corporation or its designated agent.

13.3 If the Processing Broker-Dealer conducts its internal supervisory review at a different location (the “ Final Review Office ”), Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments will be transmitted by the Processing Broker-Dealer to the Final Review Office by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer. The Final Review Office will in turn by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Final Review Office, transmit such Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payment for deposit to the Escrow Agent, or after the Minimum Offering has been achieved, to the Corporation or its designated agent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Offered Shares to be purchased by a custodial account, the Processing Broker-Dealer shall cause the custodian of such account to deliver a completed Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment for such account directly for deposit to the Escrow Agent, or after the Minimum Offering has been achieved, to the Corporation or its designated agent. The Processing Broker-Dealer shall furnish to the Escrow Agent, the Corporation or its designated agent, as applicable, with each delivery of Subscription Payments a list of the subscribers showing the name, address, tax identification number, state of residence, amount of Offered Shares subscribed for and the amount of money paid.

 

  14. Suitability of Investors; Compliance with Privacy Laws

14.1 The Dealer Manager will offer Offered Shares, and in its agreements with Selected Dealers will require that the Selected Dealers offer Offered Shares, only to those persons who meet the suitability standards set forth in the Prospectus or in any suitability letter or memorandum sent by the Corporation and will only make offers to persons in the jurisdictions in which it is advised in writing that the Offered Shares are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required. Notwithstanding the qualification of the Offered Shares for sale in any respective jurisdiction (or the exemption therefrom), the Dealer Manager represents, warrants and covenants that it will not offer Offered Shares and will not permit any of its registered representatives to offer Offered Shares in any jurisdiction unless both the Dealer Manager and such registered representative are duly licensed to transact securities business in such jurisdiction. In offering Offered Shares, the Dealer Manager will comply, and in its agreements with Selected Dealers the Dealer Manager will require that the Selected Dealers comply, with the provisions of the FINRA Rules, as well as all other applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors.

 

19


The Dealer Manager further represents, warrants and covenants that neither the Dealer Manager, nor any person associated with the Dealer Manager, shall offer or sell Offered Shares in any jurisdiction except to investors who satisfy the investor suitability standards and minimum investment requirements under the most restrictive of the following: (a) applicable provisions described in the Prospectus, including minimum income and net worth standards; (b) applicable laws of the jurisdiction of which such investor is a resident; or (c) applicable FINRA Rules. The Dealer Manager agrees to ensure that, in recommending the purchase, sale or exchange of Offered Shares to an investor, the Dealer Manager, or a person associated with the Dealer Manager, shall have reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information obtained from the investor (and thereafter maintained in the manner and for the period required by the SEC, any state securities commission, FINRA or the Corporation) concerning his age, investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs, and any other information known to the Dealer Manager, or person associated with the Dealer Manager, that (i) the investor can reasonably benefit from an investment in the Offered Shares based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure, (ii) the investor is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation, and (iii) the investor has an apparent understanding of (A) the fundamental risks of the investment, (B) the risk that the investor may lose his entire investment in the Offered Shares, (C) the lack of liquidity of the Offered Shares, (D) the background and qualifications of the Adviser or the persons responsible for directing and managing the Corporation, and (E) the tax consequences of an investment in the Offered Shares. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the suitability standards must be met by the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the Offered Shares or by the beneficiary of such fiduciary account. The Dealer Manager further represents, warrants and covenants that the Dealer Manager, or a person associated with the Dealer Manager, will make every reasonable effort to determine the suitability and appropriateness of an investment in Offered Shares of each proposed investor by reviewing documents and records disclosing the basis upon which the determination as to suitability was reached as to each purchaser of Offered Shares pursuant to a subscription solicited by the Dealer Manager, whether such documents and records relate to accounts which have been closed, accounts which are currently maintained, or accounts hereafter established. The Dealer Manager agrees to retain such documents and records in the Dealer Manager’s records for a period of six years from the date of the applicable sale of Offered Shares and to make such documents and records available to (i) the Corporation upon request, and (ii) representatives of the SEC, FINRA and applicable state securities administrators upon the Dealer Manager’s receipt of an appropriate document subpoena or other appropriate request for documents from any such agency. The Dealer Manager shall not purchase any Offered Shares for a discretionary account without obtaining the prior written approval of the Dealer Manager’s customer and his or her signature on a Subscription Agreement.

14.2 The Dealer Manager agrees, and in its agreements with Selected Dealers the Dealer Manager will require that the Selected Dealers to agree, (a) to abide by and comply with (i) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“ GLB Act ”) and Regulation S-P, (ii) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable Federal or state law, and (iii) its own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time; (b) to refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal

 

20


information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers who have opted out of such disclosures except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law; and (c) to determine which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving a list of such customers (the “ List ”) as provided by each to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights.

In the event the Dealer Manager uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, the Dealer Manager will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights. The Dealer Manager understands that it is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.

 

  15. Notices .

Any notice, approval, request, authorization, direction or other communication under this Agreement shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally, (b) on the first business day after delivery to a national overnight courier service, (c) upon receipt of confirmation if sent via facsimile, or (d) on the fifth business day after deposited in the U.S. mail, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the intended recipient at the address set forth below:

 

If to the Corporation:    FS Investment Corporation III
   Cira Centre
   2929 Arch Street, Suite 675
   Philadelphia, PA 19104-2867
   Facsimile: (215) 495-1189
   Attention: Michael C. Forman
If to the Adviser:    FSIC III Advisor, LLC
   Cira Centre
   2929 Arch Street, Suite 675
   Philadelphia, PA 19104-2867
   Facsimile: (215) 495-1189
   Attention: Michael C. Forman
If to the Dealer Manager:    FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC
   Cira Centre
   2929 Arch Street, Suite 675
   Philadelphia, PA 19104-2867
   Facsimile: (215) 495-1189
   Attention: President

 

21


Any party may change its address specified above by giving the other party notice of such change in accordance with this Section 15.

 

  16. No Partnership .

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to constitute the Dealer Manager as an employee, agent or representative of, or in association with or in partnership with, the Corporation; instead, this Agreement shall only constitute the Dealer Manager as a dealer authorized to sell the Offered Shares according to the terms set forth in the registration statement and the Prospectus as amended and supplemented and in this Agreement.

 

  17. Severability .

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

[ The remainder of the page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

22


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us as of the date first above written.

 

Very truly yours,
“CORPORATION”
FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

  Name: Gerald F. Stahlecker
  Title: Executive Vice President
“ADVISER”
FSIC III ADVISOR, LLC
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

  Name: Gerald F. Stahlecker
  Title: Executive Vice President

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date first above written:
“DEALER MANAGER”
FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Lance Murphy

  Name: Lance Murphy
  Title: President


EXHIBIT A TO DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT

FORM OF SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT


FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

Up to 400,000,000 Shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

FORM OF SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT

Dated: [                    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms described hereinbelow, FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, as the dealer manager (“ Dealer Manager ”) for FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), invites you, (“ Selected Dealer ”) to participate in the distribution, on a “best efforts” basis, of up to 400,000,000 shares of common stock of the Corporation, $0.001 par value per share, to be issued and sold to the public on a “best efforts” basis (the “ Offered Shares ”) at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share (subject in certain circumstances to discounts based upon the volume of shares purchased) as set forth in the registration statement on Form N-2 filed by the Corporation (File No. 333-191925), which includes the Corporation’s prospectus, as amended or supplemented (the “ Prospectus ”).

 

  I. Dealer Manager Agreement

FSIC III Advisor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the investment adviser of the Corporation (the “ Adviser ”). The Dealer Manager has entered into a dealer manager agreement with the Corporation and the Adviser dated [            ], 2013, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Dealer Manager Agreement ”). Upon effectiveness of this Selected Dealer Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) pursuant to Section XIV below, you will become one of the Selected Dealers referred to in the Dealer Manager Agreement and will be entitled and subject to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement relating to the rights and obligations of a Selected Dealer, including, but not limited, to the provisions of Sections 2.5 and 4.3 regarding suspension of offers and sales of Offered Shares, Section 4.1 regarding solicitation of subscriptions of Offered Shares, Section 4.2 regarding regulatory compliance, Section 5, wherein each of the Selected Dealers severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, the Adviser, the Dealer Manager and their respective officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls such entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), Section 13 regarding submission of subscriptions for Offered Shares, and Section 14 regarding suitability of investors and compliance procedures for offers and sales of Offered Shares. Except as otherwise set forth herein, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Dealer Manager Agreement. The Offered Shares are offered solely through broker-dealers who are members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

Selected Dealer hereby agrees to use its best efforts to sell the Offered Shares for cash on the terms and conditions stated in the Prospectus. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to make Selected Dealer an employee, agent, representative, or partner of the Dealer


Manager, the Corporation or the Adviser, and Selected Dealer is not authorized to act for the Dealer Manager, the Corporation or the Adviser or to make any representations on their behalf except as set forth in the Prospectus and any printed sales literature or other materials prepared by the Corporation, the Adviser or the Dealer Manager, provided that the use of said sales literature and other materials has been approved for use by the Corporation in writing and all appropriate regulatory agencies (the “ Authorized Sales Materials ”). In the event that the Corporation uses printed materials in connection with the Offering prepared by the Corporation, the Adviser or the Dealer Manager intended for “broker-dealer use only,” Selected Dealer shall use such “broker-dealer use only” materials in accordance with Section VII below.

 

  II. Submission of Orders

Each person desiring to purchase Offered Shares in the Offering will be required to complete and execute a Subscription Agreement in the form attached as an Appendix to the Prospectus and to deliver to Selected Dealer or Dealer Manager, as the case may be (the “ Processing Broker-Dealer ”), such completed Subscription Agreement, together with a check, draft, wire or money order (hereinafter referred to as a “ Subscription Payment ”) for the purchase price of the Offered Shares, subject to any discount that may apply based upon the volume of Offered Shares purchased pursuant to the schedule of discounts and procedures specified in the Prospectus. There shall be a minimum initial purchase by any one purchaser of $5,000 in Offered Shares (except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus, or in any letter or memorandum from the Corporation to the Dealer Manager). Minimum subsequent purchases of Offered Shares shall be $500 per transaction, except for purchases made pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan, as described in the Prospectus. Prior to the Corporation raising gross offering proceeds of $2,500,000 from persons not affiliated with the Corporation or the Adviser (the “ Minimum Offering ”), persons who purchase Offered Shares shall make their checks payable to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for FS Investment Corporation III.” Subsequent to the Corporation raising the Minimum Offering, persons who purchase Offered Shares shall make their checks payable to “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for FS Investment Corporation III.” Each person desiring to purchase Offered Shares in the Offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of Offered Shares and , as a result, may receive fractional Offered Shares.

The Processing Broker-Dealer receiving a Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment not conforming to the foregoing instructions shall return such Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment directly to such subscriber not later than the end of the second business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer of such materials. Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments received by the Processing Broker-Dealer which conform to the foregoing instructions shall be transmitted for deposit pursuant to one of the methods described in this Section II. If Selected Dealer is a “$250,000 broker-dealer,” the Dealer Manager may authorize Selected Dealer to instruct its customers to make its check for Offered Shares subscribed for payable directly to Selected Dealer, in which case Selected Dealer will collect the proceeds of the subscriber’s check and issue a check for the aggregate amount of the subscription proceeds made payable to the order of “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for FS Investment Corporation III.” Selected Dealer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Escrow Agreement, dated [            ], 2013 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), by and among UMB Bank, N.A. (the “ Escrow Agent ”) and the Corporation.

 

2


(a) If the Processing Broker-Dealer conducts its internal supervisory review at the same location at which Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments are received from subscribers, then, by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer, the Processing Broker-Dealer will transmit the Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payment for deposit to the Escrow Agent, or after the Minimum Offering has been achieved, to the Corporation or its designated agent.

(b) If the Processing Broker-Dealer conducts its internal supervisory review at a different location (the “ Final Review Office ”), Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payments will be transmitted by the Processing Broker-Dealer to the Final Review Office by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Processing Broker-Dealer. The Final Review Office will in turn by noon of the next business day following receipt by the Final Review Office, transmit such Subscription Agreements and Subscription Payment for deposit to the Escrow Agent, or after the Minimum Offering has been achieved, to the Corporation or its designated agent.

Selected Dealer understands that the Corporation reserves the unconditional right to reject any order, in whole or in part, for any or no reason.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Offered Shares to be purchased by a custodial account, the Processing Broker-Dealer shall cause the custodian of such account to deliver a completed Subscription Agreement and Subscription Payment for such account directly to the Transfer Agent. The Processing Broker-Dealer shall furnish with each delivery of Subscription Payments a list of the subscribers showing the name, address, tax identification number, state of residence, amount of Offered Shares subscribed for, and the amount of money paid.

 

  III. Pricing

Except for volume discounts described in or as otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, the Offered Shares shall be offered to the public at an initial offering price of $10.00 per Offered Share payable in cash. Except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus or in any letter or memorandum sent to Selected Dealer by the Corporation or Dealer Manager, a minimum initial purchase of $5,000 in Offered Shares is required. Minimum subsequent purchases of Offered Shares shall be $500 per transaction. After meeting the Minimum Offering, the Corporation will sell the Offered Shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00 per Offered Share, subject to the adjustments described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus. Each person desiring to purchase Offered Shares in the Offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of Offered Shares and, as a result, may receive fractional Offered Shares.

The Offered Shares are nonassessable. Selected Dealer hereby agrees to place any order for the full purchase price except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus for volume discounts based upon the number of Offered Shares purchased by a subscriber through Selected Dealer.

 

3


  IV. Selected Dealer’s Compensation

Subject to volume discounts and other special circumstances described in or as otherwise provided in the “The Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, Selected Dealer’s selling commission applicable to the total public offering price of Offered Shares sold by Selected Dealer which it is authorized to sell hereunder is 7.0% of the gross proceeds of Offered Shares sold by it and accepted and confirmed by the Corporation, which commission will be paid by the Dealer Manager. For these purposes, a “sale of Offered Shares” shall occur following the release from escrow the Offering proceeds received in connection with the sale of the minimum number of Offered Shares as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, and, if and only if, a transaction has closed with a securities purchaser pursuant to all applicable offering and subscription documents and the Corporation has thereafter distributed the commission to the Dealer Manager in connection with such transaction. Selected Dealer hereby waives any and all rights to receive payment of commissions due until such time as the Dealer Manager is in receipt of the commission from the Corporation. Selected Dealer affirms that the Dealer Manager’s liability for commissions payable is limited solely to the proceeds of commissions receivable associated therewith. In addition, as set forth in the Prospectus, the Dealer Manager, in its sole discretion, may reallow a portion of the Dealer Manager Fee to Selected Dealer as marketing fees or to defray other distribution-related expenses, which reallowance, if any, shall be determined by the Dealer Manager in its sole discretion based on factors including, but not limited to, the number of shares sold by Selected Dealer, the assistance of Selected Dealer in marketing the offering and due diligence expenses incurred, and the extent to which similar fees are reallowed to selected broker-dealers in similar offerings being conducted during the Offering. Such reallowance shall be described in Schedule 1 to this Agreement.

Selected Dealer acknowledges and agrees that no commissions, payments or amount whatsoever will be paid to Selected Dealer in respect of the purchase of Offered Shares by a Selected Dealer (or its registered representative), in its individual capacity, or by a retirement plan of such Selected Dealer (or its registered representative), or by an officer, director or employee of the Corporation, the Adviser or their respective affiliates.

The parties hereby agree that the foregoing commission is not in excess of the usual and customary distributors’ or sellers’ commission received in the sale of securities similar to the Offered Shares, that Selected Dealer’s interest in the offering is limited to such commission from the Dealer Manager and Selected Dealer’s indemnity referred to in Section 5 of the Dealer Manager Agreement, and that the Corporation is not liable or responsible for the direct payment of such commission to Selected Dealer. In addition, as set forth in the Prospectus, the Dealer Manager may reimburse Selected Dealers up to 0.5% of gross proceeds for the Offered Shares for bona fide accountable due diligence expenses incurred by such Selected Dealers. Selected Dealer shall provide a detailed and itemized invoice for any such due diligence expenses.

 

  V. Payment

Payments of selling commissions will be made by the Dealer Manager (or by the Corporation as the agent of the Dealer Manager, as provided in the Dealer Manager Agreement) to Selected Dealer within 30 days of the receipt by the Dealer Manager of the gross commission payments from the Corporation.

 

4


Selected Dealer, in its sole discretion, may authorize Dealer Manager (or the Corporation as the agent of the Dealer Manager, as provided in the Dealer Manager Agreement) to deposit selling commissions, reallowances and other payments due to it pursuant to this Agreement directly to its bank account. If Selected Dealer so elects, Selected Dealer shall provide such deposit authorization and instructions in Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

 

  VI. Right to Reject Orders or Cancel Sales

All orders, whether initial or additional, are subject to acceptance by and shall only become effective upon confirmation by the Corporation, which reserves the right to reject any order, in whole or in part, for any or no reason. Orders not accompanied by a Subscription Agreement and executed signature page thereto and the required Subscription Payment for the Offered Shares may be rejected. Issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares will be made only after actual receipt of payment therefor. If any Subscription Payment is not paid upon presentment, or if the Corporation is not in actual receipt of clearinghouse funds or cash, certified or cashier’s check or the equivalent in payment for the Offered Shares within 15 days of sale, the Corporation reserves the right to cancel the sale without notice. In the event an order is rejected, canceled or rescinded for any reason, Selected Dealer agrees to return to the Dealer Manager within 30 days thereafter any commission or Dealer Manager Fee theretofore paid with respect to such order, and, if Selected Dealer fails to so return any such commission or Dealer Manager, the Dealer Manager shall have the right to offset amounts owed against future commissions or Dealer Manager Fees due and otherwise payable to Selected Dealer.

 

  VII. Prospectus and Authorized Sales Materials

Selected Dealer is not authorized or permitted to give, and will not give, any information or make any representation (written or oral) concerning the Offered Shares except as set forth in the Prospectus and the Authorized Sales Materials. The Dealer Manager will supply Selected Dealer with reasonable quantities of the Prospectus, any supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus, as well as any Authorized Sales Materials, for delivery to investors, and Selected Dealer will deliver a copy of the Prospectus and all supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus to each investor to whom an offer is made prior to or simultaneously with the first solicitation of an offer to sell the Offered Shares to an investor. Selected Dealer agrees that it will not send or give any supplements to the Prospectus, any amended Prospectus or any Authorized Sales Materials to that investor unless it has previously sent or given a Prospectus and all supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus to that investor or has simultaneously sent or given a Prospectus and all supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus with such Prospectus supplement, amended Prospectus or Authorized Sales Materials. Selected Dealer agrees that it will not show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing which is supplied to it by the Dealer Manager and marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the offer or sale of Offered Shares to members of the public. Selected Dealer agrees that it will not use in connection with the offer or sale of Offered Shares any materials or writings which have not been previously approved by the Corporation in writing other than the Prospectus and the Authorized Sales Materials. Selected Dealer agrees to furnish a copy of any revised preliminary Prospectus to each person to whom it has furnished a copy of any previous preliminary Prospectus, and further agrees that it will itself mail or otherwise deliver all preliminary and final

 

5


Prospectuses required for compliance with the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act. Regardless of the termination of this Agreement, Selected Dealer will deliver a Prospectus in transactions in the Offered Shares for a period of 90 days from the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or such longer period as may be required by the Exchange Act. Selected Dealer agrees to comply with all the applicable requirements under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act (including, to the extent applicable, with respect to the custody of funds and securities), conduct rules of FINRA or its predecessor, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and any other foreign, state or local securities or other laws or rules of FINRA or any other applicable self-regulatory agency in offering and selling Offered Shares.

 

  VIII. License and Association Membership

Selected Dealer’s acceptance of this Agreement constitutes a representation to the Corporation and the Dealer Manager that Selected Dealer is a properly registered or licensed broker-dealer, duly authorized to sell Offered Shares under federal and state securities laws and regulations in all states where it offers or sells Offered Shares, and that it is a member in good standing of FINRA. Selected Dealer represents and warrants that it is currently licensed as a broker-dealer in the jurisdictions identified on Schedule 3 to this Agreement. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if Selected Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of the state in which Selected Dealer’s principal office is located. Selected Dealer agrees to notify the Dealer Manager immediately if Selected Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of any state in which Selected Dealer is currently registered or licensed, or in the case of a foreign dealer, so to conform. Selected Dealer also hereby agrees to abide by the conduct rules set forth in the FINRA rulebook (“ FINRA Rules ), including, without limitation, FINRA Rules 2340 and 5141 and NASD Rule 2420.

 

  IX. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Programs

Selected Dealer’s acceptance of this Dealer Agreement constitutes a representation to the Corporation and the Dealer Manager that Selected Dealer has established and implemented an anti-money laundering compliance program (“ AML Program ”) in accordance with applicable law, including applicable FINRA Rules, Securities and Exchange Commission Rules (the “ Commission Rules ”) and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA PATRIOT Act) of 2001, as amended by the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), specifically including, but not limited to, Section 352 of the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (the “ Money Laundering Abatement Act ,” and together with the USA PATRIOT Act, the “ AML Rules ”), reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of suspicious transactions in connection with the sale of Offered Shares. In addition, Selected Dealer represents that it has established and implemented a program for compliance with Executive Order 13224 and all regulations and programs administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC Program ”) and will continue to maintain its OFAC Program during the term of this Agreement. Upon request by the Dealer Manager at any time, Selected Dealer hereby agrees to (i) furnish a written copy of its AML Program and OFAC Program to the Dealer Manager for review, and (ii) furnish a copy of the findings and any remedial actions taken in connection with Selected Dealer’s most recent independent testing of its AML Program and/or its OFAC Program.

 

6


The parties acknowledge that for the purposes of FINRA Rules, the investors who purchase Offered Shares through Selected Dealer are “customers” of Selected Dealer and not the Dealer Manager. Nonetheless, to the extent that the Dealer Manager deems it prudent, Selected Dealer shall cooperate with the Dealer Manager’s reasonable requests for information, records and data related to the Corporation’s stockholders introduced to, and serviced by, Selected Dealer (the “ Customers ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Selected Dealer shall not be required to provide to the Dealer Manager any documentation that, in Selected Dealer’s reasonable judgment, would cause Selected Dealer to lose the benefit of attorney-client privilege or other privilege which it may be entitled to assert relating to the discoverability of documents in any civil or criminal proceedings. Selected Dealer hereby represents that it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules and all OFAC requirements, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act. Selected Dealer hereby agrees, upon request by the Dealer Manager to (A) provide an annual certification to Dealer Manager that, as of the date of such certification (i) its AML Program and its OFAC Program are consistent with the AML Rules and OFAC requirements; (ii) it has continued to implement its AML Program and its OFAC Program, and (iii) it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules and OFAC requirements, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act; and (B) perform and carry out, on behalf of both the Dealer Manager and the Corporation, the Customer Identification Program requirements in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and applicable SEC and Treasury Department Rules thereunder.

 

  X. Limitation of Offer; Suitability

Selected Dealer will offer Offered Shares only to persons who meet the suitability standards set forth in the Prospectus or in any suitability letter or memorandum sent to it by the Corporation or the Dealer Manager and will only make offers to persons in the jurisdictions in which it is advised in writing that the Offered Shares are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required. Notwithstanding the qualification of the Offered Shares for sale in any respective jurisdiction (or the exemption therefrom), Selected Dealer represents, warrants and covenants that it will not offer Offered Shares and will not permit any of its registered representatives to offer Offered Shares in any jurisdiction unless both Selected Dealer and such registered representative are duly licensed to transact securities business in such jurisdiction. In offering Offered Shares, Selected Dealer will comply with the provisions of FINRA Rules, as well as all other applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors.

Selected Dealer further represents, warrants and covenants that neither Selected Dealer, nor any person associated with Selected Dealer, shall offer or sell Offered Shares in any jurisdiction except to investors who satisfy the investor suitability standards and minimum investment requirements under the most restrictive of the following: (a) applicable provisions described in the Prospectus, including minimum income and net worth standards; (b) applicable laws of the jurisdiction of which such investor is a resident; or (c) applicable FINRA Rules. Selected Dealer agrees to ensure that, in recommending the purchase, sale or exchange of

 

7


Offered Shares to an investor, Selected Dealer, or a person associated with Selected Dealer, shall have reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information obtained from the investor (and thereafter maintained in the manner and for the period required by the Commission, any state securities commission, FINRA or the Corporation) concerning his age, investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs, and any other information known to Selected Dealer, or person associated with Selected Dealer, that (i) the investor can reasonably benefit from an investment in the Offered Shares based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure, (ii) the investor is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation, and (iii) the investor has an apparent understanding of (A) the fundamental risks of the investment, (B) the risk that the investor may lose his entire investment in the Offered Shares, (C) the lack of liquidity of the Offered Shares, (D) the background and qualifications of the Adviser or the persons responsible for directing and managing the Corporation, and (E) the tax consequences of an investment in the Offered Shares. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the suitability standards must be met by the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the Offered Shares or by the beneficiary of such fiduciary account. Selected Dealer further represents, warrants and covenants that Selected Dealer, or a person associated with Selected Dealer, will make every reasonable effort to determine the suitability and appropriateness of an investment in Offered Shares of each proposed investor by reviewing documents and records disclosing the basis upon which the determination as to suitability was reached as to each purchaser of Offered Shares pursuant to a subscription solicited by Selected Dealer, whether such documents and records relate to accounts which have been closed, accounts which are currently maintained, or accounts hereafter established. Selected Dealer agrees to retain such documents and records in Selected Dealer’s records for a period of six years from the date of the applicable sale of Offered Shares, to otherwise comply with the record keeping requirements provided in Section XII below and to make such documents and records available to (i) the Dealer Manager and the Corporation upon request, and (ii) representatives of the Commission, FINRA and applicable state securities administrators upon Selected Dealer’s receipt of an appropriate document subpoena or other appropriate request for documents from any such agency. Selected Dealer shall not purchase any Offered Shares for a discretionary account without obtaining the prior written approval of Selected Dealer’s customer and his or her signature on a Subscription Agreement.

 

  XI. Due Diligence; Adequate Disclosure

Prior to offering the Offered Shares for sale, Selected Dealer shall have conducted an inquiry (the “Diligence Review”) such that Selected Dealer has reasonable grounds to believe, based on information made available to Selected Dealer by the Corporation or the Dealer Manager through the Prospectus or other materials, that all material facts are adequately and accurately disclosed and provide a basis for evaluating a purchase of Offered Shares. In determining the adequacy of disclosed facts pursuant to the foregoing, Selected Dealer may obtain, upon request, information on material facts relating at a minimum to the following: (i) items of compensation; (ii) tax aspects; (iii) financial stability and experience of the Corporation and its Adviser; (iv) conflicts and risk factors; and (v) other pertinent reports. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Selected Dealer may rely upon the results of an inquiry conducted by an independent third party retained for that purpose or another Selected Dealer, provided that: (i) such Selected Dealer has reasonable grounds to believe that such inquiry was conducted with due care by said independent third party or such other Selected Dealer; (ii) the results of the inquiry

 

8


were provided to Selected Dealer with the consent of the other Selected Dealer conducting or directing the inquiry; and (iii) no Selected Dealer that participated in the inquiry is an affiliate of the Corporation or its Adviser. Prior to the sale of the Offered Shares, Selected Dealer shall inform each prospective purchaser of Offered Shares of pertinent facts relating to the Offered Shares including specifically the lack of liquidity and lack of marketability of the Offered Shares during the term of the investment but shall not, in any event, make any representation on behalf of the Corporation or the Adviser except as set forth in the Prospectus and any Authorized Sales Materials.

 

  XII. Compliance with Record Keeping Requirements

Selected Dealer agrees to comply with the record keeping requirements of the Exchange Act, including but not limited to, Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Selected Dealer further agrees to keep such records with respect to each customer who purchases Offered Shares, his suitability and the amount of Offered Shares sold, and to retain such records for such period of time as may be required by the Commission, any state securities commission, FINRA or the Corporation.

 

  XIII. Customer Complaints

Each party hereby agrees to provide to the other party copies of any written or otherwise documented customer complaints received by such party relating in any way to the Offering (including, but not limited to, the manner in which the Offered Shares are offered by the Dealer Manager or Selected Dealer), the Offered Shares or the Corporation.

 

  XIV. Effective Date

This Agreement will become effective upon the last date it is signed by either party hereto. Upon effectiveness of this Agreement, all offers and sales of Offered Shares by Selected Dealer will be made pursuant to this Agreement exclusively and not through any prior agreement between Selected Dealer and the Dealer Manager, if any.

 

  XV. Termination; Survival; Amendment

Selected Dealer will immediately suspend or terminate its offer and sale of Offered Shares upon the request of the Corporation or the Dealer Manager at any time and will resume its offer and sale of Offered Shares hereunder upon subsequent request of the Corporation or the Dealer Manager. Any party may terminate this Agreement by written notice, which termination shall be effective 48 hours after such notice is given. This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto are the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, if any, between the parties hereto.

This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Dealer Manager by written notice to Selected Dealer, and any such amendment shall be deemed accepted by Selected Dealer upon placing an order for sale of Offered Shares after it has received such notice.

The respective agreements and obligations of Selected Dealer and the Dealer Manager set forth in Articles I, IV, V, VII, X, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXIII and XXIV of this Agreement and Section 5 of the Dealer Manager Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement.

 

9


Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement or the payment of any amount to Selected Dealer, Selected Dealer agrees to pay Selected Dealer’s proportionate share of any claim, demand or liability asserted against Selected Dealer and the other Selected Dealers on the basis that the Selected Dealers or any of them constitute an association, unincorporated business or other separate entity, including in each case Selected Dealer’s proportionate share of any expenses incurred in defending against any such claim, demand or liability.

 

  XVI. Privacy Laws

The Dealer Manager and Selected Dealer (each referred to individually in this section as a “party”) agree as follows:

(a) Each party agrees to abide by and comply with (i) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“ GLB Act ”) and Regulation S-P; (ii) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable Federal or state law; and (iii) its own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time;

(b) Each party agrees to refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers who have opted out of such disclosures except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law; and

(c) Each party shall be responsible for determining which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving a list of such customers (the “ List ”) as provided by each to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights. In the event either party uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, that party will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights. Each party understands that each is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.

 

  XVII. Notice

All notices will be in writing and will be duly given to the Dealer Manager when mailed to FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 675, Philadelphia, PA 19104-2867, and to Selected Dealer when mailed to the address specified by Selected Dealer below.

 

  XVIII. Attorneys’ Fees; Applicable Law and Venue

This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement, directly or indirectly, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts formed and to be formed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles and rules thereof, to the extent such principles would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction; provided, however, that the governing law for causes of action for violations of federal or state securities law shall be governed by the applicable federal or state securities law.

 

10


  XIX. Successors and Assigns

Selected Dealer shall not assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Dealer Manager. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Dealer Manager and Selected Dealer and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  XX. Arbitration

In the event of a dispute concerning any provision of this Agreement (including any provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement incorporated into this Agreement), either party may require the dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration, conducted on a confidential basis, under the then-current commercial arbitration rules of FINRA or the American Arbitration Association (at the discretion of the party requesting arbitration) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including the governing law provisions of this section) and pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1 – 16). The parties will request that the arbitrator or arbitration panel (“ Arbitrator ”) issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law. The Arbitrator shall not be empowered to make any award or render any judgment for punitive damages, and the Arbitrator shall be required to follow applicable law in construing this Agreement, making awards, and rendering judgments. The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding, and judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. All arbitration hearings will be held at the Philadelphia FINRA District Office or at another mutually agreed upon site. The parties may agree on a single arbitrator, or, if the parties cannot so agree, each party will have the right to choose one arbitrator, and the selected arbitrators will choose a third arbitrator. Each arbitrator must have experience and education that qualify him or her to competently address the specific issues to be designated for arbitration. Notwithstanding the preceding, no party will be prevented from immediately seeking provisional remedies in courts of competent jurisdiction, including but not limited to, temporary restraining orders and preliminary injunctions, but such remedies will not be sought as a means to avoid or stay arbitration. Except as provided otherwise in Section 5 of the Dealer Manager Agreement, in any action or arbitration to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or to secure damages for its breach, the prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees. Each party to this Agreement hereby waives a trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement.

 

  XXI. Severability

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

 

  XXII. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be an original contract, but all counterparts, when taken together,

 

11


shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement will become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, which delivery may be made by exchange of copies of the signature page by facsimile transmission.

 

  XXIII. No Partnership

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to constitute Selected Dealer as an employee, agent or representative of, or in association with or in partnership with, the Dealer Manager, the Corporation or the other Selected Dealers; instead, this Agreement shall only constitute Selected Dealer as a dealer authorized by the Dealer Manager to sell the Offered Shares according to the terms set forth in the registration statement and the Prospectus as amended and supplemented and in this Agreement.

 

  XXIV. Confidentiality

Dealer Manager, the Corporation, Franklin Square Holdings, L.P. (“ FSH ”) or one of their affiliates or employees, agents or advisers (“ Representatives ”) (all such entities and persons, collectively, the “ FS Entities ”) may have provided and will furnish to Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives with certain information that is either non-public, confidential or proprietary in nature in order to enable Selected Dealer to perform a diligence review. This information furnished to Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives, including the terms and conditions of any agreements entered into between Selected Dealer or its affiliates and any FS Entity, together with analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies or other documents prepared by Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives which contain or otherwise reflect such information is hereinafter referred to as the “Information.” The term Information shall not include such portions of the Information which (i) are or become generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives in violation of this Agreement, or (ii) become available to Selected Dealer on a non-confidential basis from a source other than an FS Entity that has a bona fide right to do so and which is not subject to any obligation to keep such information confidential. In consideration of the FS Entities furnishing Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives with the Information, Selected Dealer agrees that:

(a) The Information will be kept confidential and shall not, without FSH’s prior written consent, be disseminated or disclosed by Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives, in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, and shall not be used by Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives, other than in connection with performing the diligence review contemplated by Section XI of this Agreement. Moreover, Selected Dealer agrees to reveal the Information only to such of its affiliates or Representatives who need to know the Information for the purpose of performing the diligence review contemplated by Section XI of this Agreement, who are informed by Selected Dealer of the confidential nature of the Information and who agree to act in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section XXIV.

(b) All copies of the Information will be returned to FSH or destroyed upon FSH’s request.

 

12


(c) In the event that Selected Dealer or any of its affiliates or Representatives are requested or required (by oral questions, depositions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other process) to disclose any of the Information, Selected Dealer will provide FSH with prompt written notice so that any of the FS Entities may seek a protective order, other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or that FSH waives compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, Selected Dealer shall disclose such Information without liability hereunder; provided, however, that Selected Dealer will furnish only that portion of the Information which, in the opinion of its counsel, Selected Dealer is compelled to disclose and will not oppose any action by FSH to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Information. Selected Dealer further agrees to exercise its reasonable efforts to otherwise preserve the confidentiality of the Information. Upon reasonable notice, Selected Dealer further agrees to cooperate with the FS Entities in obtaining a protective order or other appropriate remedy.

(d) In no event shall any of the FS Entities be liable for any losses, damages, claims or expenses incurred or actions undertaken by Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives as a result of their receipt of the Information or their use thereof. Selected Dealer agrees that the Information is and shall remain the property of FSH and that none of the FS Entities has granted Selected Dealer or its affiliates or Representatives any license, copyright, or similar right with respect to any of the Information.

(e) Selected Dealer hereby acknowledges that Selected Dealer is aware, and that Selected Dealer will advise its affiliates or Representatives who have been provided with Information, that the United States securities laws prohibit any person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities. Selected Dealer further acknowledges that some or all of the Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such Information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation relating to insider dealing and Selected Dealer undertakes, on behalf of itself and its Representatives, not to use any Information for any unlawful purpose.

(f) FSH has the right to enforce this Section XXIV as a third-party beneficiary.

[ Signatures Appear on Following Pages ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized agent.

 

“DEALER MANAGER”
FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

  President

We have read the foregoing Agreement and we hereby accept and agree to the terms and conditions therein set forth. We hereby represent that the jurisdictions identified below represent a true and correct list of all jurisdictions in which we are registered or licensed as a broker or dealer and are fully authorized to sell securities, and we agree to advise you of any change in such list during the term of this Agreement.

1. Identity of Selected Dealer:

 

Full Legal Name:

 

(to be completed by Selected Dealer)

Type of Entity:

 

(to be completed by Selected Dealer)

Organized in the State of:

 

(to be completed by Selected Dealer)

Tax Identification Number:

 

(to be completed by Selected Dealer)

FINRA/CRD Number:

 

(to be completed by Selected Dealer)


2. Any notice under this Agreement will be deemed given pursuant to Section XVII hereof when delivered to Selected Dealer as follows:

 

Company Name:  

 

Attention to:  

 

  (Name)
 

 

  (Title)
Street Address:  

 

City, State and Zip Code:  

 

Telephone No.:  

(             )

Facsimile No.:  

(             )

Email Address:  

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date below:

 

“SELECTED DEALER”

 

(Print Name of Selected Dealer)

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 


SCHEDULE 1

TO

SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT WITH

FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC (“DEALER MANAGER”)

 

NAME OF ISSUER:  

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

 

NAME OF SELECTED DEALER:  

 

 

SCHEDULE TO AGREEMENT DATED:  

 

As marketing fees and to defray other distribution-related expenses, the Dealer Manager will pay              basis points of the gross cash proceeds on all sales generated by Selected Dealer pursuant to Section IV of this Selected Dealer Agreement. These amounts are in addition to the selling commissions provided for in Section IV of this Selected Dealer Agreement and will be due and payable at the same time as the selling commissions, as more fully described in Section V hereof.

 

“DEALER MANAGER”
FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
  By:  

 

    President

 

“SELECTED DEALER”

 

(Print Name of Selected Dealer)

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


SCHEDULE 2

TO

SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT WITH

FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC (“DEALER MANAGER”)

 

NAME OF ISSUER:  

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

 

NAME OF SELECTED DEALER:  

 

 

SCHEDULE TO AGREEMENT DATED:  

 

Selected Dealer hereby authorizes the Dealer Manager or its agent to deposit selling commissions, reallowances and other payments due to it pursuant to this Selected Dealer Agreement to its bank account specified below. This authority will remain in force until Selected Dealer notifies the Dealer Manager in writing to cancel it. In the event that the Dealer Manager deposits funds erroneously into Selected Dealer’s account, the Dealer Manager is authorized to debit the account with no prior notice to Selected Dealer for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.

 

Bank Name:   

 

Bank Address:   

 

Bank Routing Number:   

 

Account Number:   

 

 

“SELECTED DEALER”

 

(Print Name of Selected Dealer)

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 


SCHEDULE 3

TO

SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT WITH

FS 2 CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

Selected Dealer represents and warrants that it is currently licensed as a broker-dealer in the following jurisdictions:

 

¨    Alabama   ¨    Montana
¨    Alaska   ¨    Nebraska
¨    Arizona   ¨    Nevada
¨    Arkansas   ¨    New Hampshire
¨    California   ¨    New Jersey
¨    Colorado   ¨    New Mexico
¨    Connecticut   ¨    New York
¨    Delaware   ¨    North Carolina
¨    District of Columbia   ¨    North Dakota
¨    Florida   ¨    Ohio
¨    Georgia   ¨    Oklahoma
¨    Guam   ¨    Oregon
¨    Hawaii   ¨    Pennsylvania
¨    Idaho   ¨    Puerto Rico
¨    Illinois   ¨    Rhode Island
¨    Indiana   ¨    South Carolina
¨    Iowa   ¨    South Dakota
¨    Kansas   ¨    Tennessee
¨    Kentucky   ¨    Texas
¨    Louisiana   ¨    U.S. Virgin Islands
¨    Maine   ¨    Utah
¨    Maryland   ¨    Vermont
¨    Massachusetts   ¨    Virginia
¨    Michigan   ¨    Washington
¨    Minnesota   ¨    West Virginia
¨    Mississippi   ¨    Wisconsin
¨    Missouri   ¨    Wyoming


EXHIBIT A TO FORM OF SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT

DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B TO DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT

QUALIFIED JURISDICTIONS

AS OF [    ], 2013

 

¨    Alabama   ¨    Montana
¨    Alaska   ¨    Nebraska
¨    Arizona   ¨    Nevada
¨    Arkansas   ¨    New Hampshire
¨    California   ¨    New Jersey
¨    Colorado   ¨    New Mexico
¨    Connecticut   ¨    New York
¨    Delaware   ¨    North Carolina
¨    District of Columbia   ¨    North Dakota
¨    Florida   ¨    Ohio
¨    Georgia   ¨    Oklahoma
¨    Guam   ¨    Oregon
¨    Hawaii   ¨    Pennsylvania
¨    Idaho   ¨    Puerto Rico
¨    Illinois   ¨    Rhode Island
¨    Indiana   ¨    South Carolina
¨    Iowa   ¨    South Dakota
¨    Kansas   ¨    Tennessee
¨    Kentucky   ¨    Texas
¨    Louisiana   ¨    U.S. Virgin Islands
¨    Maine   ¨    Utah
¨    Maryland   ¨    Vermont
¨    Massachusetts   ¨    Virginia
¨    Michigan   ¨    Washington
¨    Minnesota   ¨    West Virginia
¨    Mississippi   ¨    Wisconsin
¨    Missouri   ¨    Wyoming

Exhibit 10.5

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2014, is by and between FS I NVESTMENT C ORPORATION III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”) and S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).

W HEREAS , the Company has selected and desires to retain the Custodian to act as custodian of Company assets, and the Custodian is willing to provide such services to the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

The Company hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets, including securities which the Company desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Company which is not received by it or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof). With respect to uncertificated shares of or other interests (“ Underlying Shares ”) in collective investment vehicles including, inter alia , registered investment companies (“ Underlying Funds ”), the holding of confirmation statements which identify such Underlying Shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name (or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of the Company, shall be deemed custody for purposes of this Agreement.

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States as approved by the Company. The Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Company on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian. The Custodian may employ as sub-custodians for the Company’s securities and other assets the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto (as may be amended from time to time by the Custodian in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4 hereof).

 

Section 2. Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Company to be Held in the United States

 

2.1

Holding Securities . The Custodian shall hold and segregate for the account of the Company all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Company, other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities


  depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and certain other federal agencies (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by the Company which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent, registrar, corporate secretary, general partner or other relevant third party for the Underlying Funds and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (the “ Underlying Transfer Agent ”).

 

2.2 Delivery of Securities . The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Company held by the Custodian or in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  1) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Company and receipt of payment therefor;

 

  2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Company;

 

  3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

 

  4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for portfolio securities owned by the Company;

 

  5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Company or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided , that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Company, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

-2-


  8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  10) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Company requiring a pledge of assets by the Company provided, however, that securities shall be released only upon payment to the Company of the monies borrowed, except that in cases where additional collateral is required to secure a borrowing already made subject to proper prior authorization, further securities may be released for that purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions;

 

  11) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Company, the Custodian and a broker-dealer which is a member of The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ( FINRA ”), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Company;

 

  12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Company, the Custodian, and a Futures Commission Merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Company;

 

  13) Upon receipt of instructions from the transfer agent or registrar of the Company, if any (“ Transfer Agent ”), or from the Company, if there is no such Transfer Agent, for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to holders of shares of the Company’s common stock (“ Shares ”) in connection with distributions in kind, in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption by the Company;

 

-3-


  14) In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof;

 

  15) For delivery to a broker in connection with the broker’s custody of margin collateral relating to futures or options on futures contracts; and

 

  16) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying (a) the securities to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

2.3 Registration of Securities . Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Company or in the name of any nominee of the Company or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Company, unless the Company has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other investment companies or funds having the same investment adviser as the Company, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Company directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Company on such securities and to notify the Company on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

 

2.4 Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall open and maintain separate bank accounts in the United States in the name of the Company, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in one or more accounts designated by the Company, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Company. Funds held by the Custodian for the Company may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), and that each such bank or trust company to the extent required by law shall be approved by a vote of a majority of the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

 

2.5

Collection of Income . The Custodian shall collect on a timely basis, and promptly advise the Company upon receipt thereof, all income and other payments with respect to securities held hereunder to which the Company shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and

 

-4-


  shall credit such income, as collected, to the Company’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder.

 

2.6 Payment of Company Monies . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Company in the following cases only:

 

  1) Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Company but only (a) against the delivery of such securities, or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts, to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad that is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Company or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.10 hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements entered into between the Company and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificated form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Company of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Company; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Company in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Company;

 

  2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

 

  3) For the repurchase or redemption of Shares by the Company as set forth in Section 6 hereof;

 

  4) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Company, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Company: interest, taxes, management, accounting, Transfer Agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Company whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

 

-5-


  5) For the payment of any distributions by the Company to the Transfer Agent, as agent for the Company’s stockholders, for further distribution thereto;

 

  6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  7) For payment as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Company;

 

  8) For payment in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Company, the Custodian and a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with the margin regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow, margin, or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Company;

 

  9) For the repayment of any borrowing of the Company; and

 

  10) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is to be made.

 

2.7 Appointment of Agents . The Custodian may at any time or times in its reasonable discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

2.8 Deposit of Company Assets in U.S. Securities Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain domestic securities owned by the Company in a U.S. Securities System in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) rules and regulations, if any, and to the extent applicable hereto.

 

2.9

Segregated Account . The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Company, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof, (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Company, the Custodian and a broker-dealer which is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and is a member of FINRA (or any Futures Commission Merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to

 

-6-


  compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Company, (b) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Company or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Company, (c) for the purposes of compliance by the Company with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the SEC, or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies and (d) for any other purpose in accordance with Proper Instructions.

 

2.10 Deposit of Underlying Shares with the Underlying Transfer Agent . Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Company shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:

 

  1) Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of the Company, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Company.

 

  2) In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of the Company, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Company as so directed, and record such payment from the account of the Company on the Custodian’s books and records.

 

  3) In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of the Company, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of the Company on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of the Company on the Custodian’s books and records.

The Custodian shall not be liable to the Company for any loss or damage to the Company resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees.

 

2.11 Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes . The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Company held by it and in connection with transfers of such securities.

 

-7-


2.12 Proxies, Consents and Other Instruments . The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Company or a nominee of the Company, all proxies (without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted), consents, authorizations and other similar instruments, and shall promptly deliver the same to the Company, together with all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

 

2.13 Communications Relating to Company Securities. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Company and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Company) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Company. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Company at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Company all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Company, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.14.

 

2.14 Reports to Company . The Custodian shall provide the Company, at such times as the Company may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including domestic securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System, relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Company to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state. In addition, the Custodian shall furnish to the Company such periodic and special reports as the Company may reasonably request, to the extent that such reports are not available in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company on the Custodian’s remote access website.

 

-8-


2.15 Excess Cash Sweep . The Custodian will sweep any net excess cash balances daily into an investment vehicle or other instrument designated in Proper Instructions.

 

Section 3. Provisions Relating to Rules 17f-5 and 17f-7

 

3.1. Definitions . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

Country Risk ” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC), or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

Foreign Assets ” means any of the Company’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Company’s transactions in such investments.

Foreign Custody Manager ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

Rule 17f-5 ” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

Rule 17f-7 ” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

 

3.2. The Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .

3.2.1  Delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . The Company, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Company.

 

-9-


3.2.2  Countries Covered . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Company with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Company’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A , and the fulfillment by the Company of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Company shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A . Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Company with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Company with respect to that country.

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Company. Forty-five (45) days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Company, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Company with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3 Scope of Delegated Responsibility :

(a) Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A , as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody

 

-10-


Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

(b) Contracts with Eligible Foreign Custodians . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

(c) Monitoring . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

3.2.4 Guidelines for the Exercise of Delegated Authority . For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Company.

3.2.5 Reporting Requirements . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Company described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

3.2.6 Standard of Care as Foreign Custody Manager of the Company . In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

3.2.7 Representations with respect to Rule 17f-5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Company that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. The Company represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Company.

 

-11-


3.2.8 Effective Date and Termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Company shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Company with respect to designated countries.

 

3.3 Eligible Securities Depositories .

3.3.1 Analysis and Monitoring. The Custodian shall (a) provide the Company (or its duly-authorized investment adviser or investment sub-adviser (collectively, the “investment adviser”)) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Company (or its duly-authorized investment adviser) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.

3.3.2 Standard of Care . The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

 

Section 4. Duties of the Custodian with respect to Property of the Company Held Outside the United States .

 

4.1 Definitions . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

Foreign Securities System ” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

Foreign Sub-Custodian ” means an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

 

4.2.

Holding Securities . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Company the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Company, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Company which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as

 

-12-


  belonging to the Company and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

 

4.3. Foreign Securities Systems . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

 

4.4. Transactions in Foreign Custody Account .

4.4.1. Delivery of Foreign Assets . The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Company held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  (i) upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Company in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

 

  (iii) to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Company;

 

  (iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

 

  (v) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

  (vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

-13-


  (vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

 

  (viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

 

  (ix) for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Company requiring a pledge of assets by the Company;

 

  (x) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Company;

 

  (xi) in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (xii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.4.2.  Payment of Company Monies . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Company in the following cases only:

 

  (i) upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Company, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Company;

 

  (iii) for the payment of any expense or liability of the Company, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

 

-14-


  (iv) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Company, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

 

  (v) for payment as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Company;

 

  (vi) for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  (vii) in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (viii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

4.4.3.  Market Conditions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Company and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Company may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

 

  4.5. Registration of Foreign Securities . The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Company or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Company agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

 

-15-


  4.6 Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Company cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Company with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Company. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  4.7. Collection of Income . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Company shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Company. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Company and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

 

  4.8 Shareholder Rights . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Company acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Company to exercise shareholder rights.

 

  4.9.

Communications Relating to Foreign Securities . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Company (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Company at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and

 

-16-


(ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Company all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Company regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Company, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.

 

  4.10. Liability of Foreign Sub-Custodians . Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Company’s election, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Company has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

 

  4.11 Liability of Custodian . The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Foreign Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

 

Section 5. Loan Servicing Provisions .

Section 5.1 General . The following provisions shall apply with respect to investments, property or assets in the nature of loans, or interests or participations in loans, including without limitation interests in syndicated bank loans and bank loan participations, whether in the U.S. or outside the U.S. (collectively, “ Loans ”) entered into by the Company.

Section 5.2 Safekeeping . Instruments, certificates, agreements and/or other documents which the Custodian may receive with respect to Loans, if any (collectively “ Financing Documents ”), from time to time, shall be held by the Custodian at its offices in Boston, Massachusetts in a separate account or accounts that physically segregates such Financing Documents of the Company or its subsidiaries from those relating to any other persons.

 

-17-


Section 5.3 Duties of the Custodian . The Custodian shall accept such Financing Documents, if any, with respect to Loans as may be delivered to it from time to time by the Company. The Custodian shall be under no obligation to examine the contents or determine the sufficiency of any such Financing Documents or to provide any certification with respect thereto, whether received by the Custodian as original documents, photocopies, by facsimile or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian is under no duty to examine any such Financing Documents to determine whether necessary steps have been taken or requirements met with respect to the assignment or transfer of the related Loan or applicable interest or participation in such Loan. The Custodian shall be entitled to assume the genuineness, sufficiency and completeness of any Financing Documents received, and the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing on such documents. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Loans, (i) the Custodian shall be under no obligation to determine, and shall have no liability for, the sufficiency of, or to require delivery of, any instrument, document or agreement constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan, other than to receive such Financing Documents, if any, as may be delivered or caused to be delivered to it by the Company (or its investment adviser acting on its behalf), (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, delivery of any such Loan (including without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.9 above) may be made to the Custodian by, and may be represented solely by, delivery to the Custodian of a facsimile or photocopy of an assignment or similar agreement (an “ Assignment Agreement ”) or a confirmation or certification from the Company (or the investment adviser) to the effect that it has acquired such Loan and/or has received or will receive, and will deliver to the Custodian, appropriate Financing Documents constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan (such confirmation or certification, together with any Assignment Agreement, collectively, an “ Assignment Agreement or Confirmation ”), in any case without delivery of any promissory note, participation certificate or similar instrument (collectively, an “ Instrument ”), (iii) if an original Instrument shall be or shall become available with respect to any such Loan, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Company (or the investment adviser acting on its behalf) to make or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian, and the Custodian shall be under no obligation at any time or times to determine whether any such original Instrument has been issued or made available with respect to such Loan, and shall not be under any obligation to compel compliance by the Company to make or cause delivery of such Instrument to the Custodian, and (iv) any reference to Financing Documents appearing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include, without limitation, any such Instrument and/or Assignment Agreement or Confirmation.

If payments with respect to a Loan (“ Loan Payment ”) are not received by the Custodian on the date on which they are due, as reflected in the Payment Schedule (as such term is defined in Section 5.4 below) of the Loan (“ Payment Date ”), or in the case of interest payments, not received either on a scheduled interest payable date, as reported to the Custodian by the Company (or the investment adviser acting on its behalf) for the Loan (the “ Interest Payable Date ”), or in the amount of their accrued

 

-18-


interest payable, the Custodian shall promptly, but in no event later than one business day after the Payment Date or the Interest Payable Date, notify the Company of such failure and give telephonic notice to the party obligated under the Financing Documents to make such Loan Payment (the “ Obligor ”) of its failure to make timely payment. The Custodian shall have no responsibility with respect to the collection of Loan Payments which are past due, other than the duty to promptly notify the Obligor and the Company (or the investment adviser acting on its behalf) as provided herein.

The Custodian shall have no responsibilities or duties whatsoever under this Agreement, with respect to Loans or the Financing Documents, except for such responsibilities as are expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall have no obligation to preserve any rights against prior parties or to exercise any right or perform any obligation in connection with the Loans or any Financing Documents (including, without limitation, no obligation to take any action in respect of or upon receipt of any consent solicitation, notice of default or similar notice received from any bank agent or Obligor, except that the Custodian shall forward any such notice to the Company or the investment adviser acting on its behalf). In case any question arises as to its duties hereunder, the Custodian may request instructions from the Company and shall be entitled at all times to refrain from taking any action unless it has received Proper Instructions from the Company or the investment adviser and the Custodian shall in all events have no liability, risk or cost for any action taken, with respect to a Loan, pursuant to and in compliance with the Proper Instructions of such parties.

The Custodian shall be only responsible and accountable for Loan Payments actually received by it and identified as for the account of the Company; any and all credits and payments credited to the Company, with respect to Loans, shall be conditional upon clearance and actual receipt by the Custodian of final payment thereon.

The Custodian shall promptly, upon the Company’s request, provide to the Company’s investment adviser or to any party as the Company or the Company’s investment adviser may specify, copies of any Financing Documents being held on behalf of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have or be charged with knowledge of the sale of any Loan, unless and except to the extent it shall have received written notice and instruction from the Company (or the investment adviser acting on its behalf) with respect thereto, and except to the extent it shall have received the sale proceeds thereof.

In no event shall the Custodian be under any obligation or liability to make any advance of its own funds with respect to any Loan.

Section 5.4 Responsibility of the Company . With respect to each Loan held by the Custodian hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Company shall (a) cause the Financing Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (b) include with such Financing Documents an amortization schedule of

 

-19-


payments (the “ Payment Schedule ”) identifying the amount and due dates of scheduled principal payments, the Interest Payable Date(s) and related payment amount information, and such other information with respect to the related Loan and Financing Documents as the Custodian reasonably may require in order to perform its services hereunder (collectively, “ Loan Information ”), in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (c) take, or cause the investment adviser to take, all actions necessary to acquire good title to such Loan (or the participation in such Loan, as the case may be), as and to the extent intended to be acquired; and (d) cause the Custodian to be named as its nominee for payment purposes under the Financing Documents or otherwise provide for the direct payment of the Loan Payments to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the Loan Information provided to it by the Company (or the investment adviser acting on its behalf) without any obligation on the part of the Custodian independently to verify, investigate, recalculate, update or otherwise confirm the accuracy or completeness thereof; and the Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Company in providing necessary Loan Information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, Obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan, and shall be entitled to update its records on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information, provided that the Custodian notifies the Company of such changes.

Section 5.5 Instructions; Authority to Act . The certificate of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of the Company, identifying certain individuals authorized to sign any such instructions, may be received and accepted as conclusive evidence of the incumbency and authority of such to act and may be considered by the Custodian to be in full force and effect until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to ensure that any investment by the Company with respect to Loans has been authorized.

Section 5.6 Attachment . In case any portion of the Loans or the Financing Documents shall be attached or levied upon pursuant to an order of court, or the delivery or disbursement thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of court, or any other order, judgment or decrees shall be made or entered by any court affecting the property of the Company or any act of the Custodian relating thereto, the Custodian is hereby expressly authorized in its reasonable discretion to obey and comply with all orders, judgments or decrees so entered or issued, without the necessity to inquire whether such court had jurisdiction, and, in case the Custodian obeys or complied with any such order, judgment or decree, it shall not be liable to anyone by reason of such compliance; provided, however, that the Custodian shall promptly notify the Company upon receipt of any such order, judgment or decree.

 

-20-


Section 6. Payments for Sales and Repurchases or Redemptions of Shares

The Custodian shall receive from the Transfer Agent or the agent bank for the Company and deposit into the Company’s account such payments as are received for Shares issued or sold from time to time by the Company. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Company and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Company.

From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Company, deliver to the Transfer Agent funds in an amount (as set forth in such instructions) sufficient for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized, upon receipt of instructions from the Company, to wire the amount of funds specified therein to the Transfer Agent, as agent for, and for further distribution to, the redeeming stockholders.

 

Section 7. Proper Instructions Defined

Proper Instructions ,” as such term is used throughout this Agreement, means a writing signed or initialed by one or more person or persons as the Company shall have from time to time authorized. Each such writing shall set forth the specific transaction or type of transaction involved. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Company agrees to forward to the Custodian written confirmation with respect to any oral instructions so that the Custodian receives such confirmation by the close of business on the same day that such oral instructions are received. The fact that such written confirmation is not received by the Custodian or differs from the oral instructions shall in no way invalidate the transactions or enforceability of the transactions authorized by the oral instructions or the Custodian’s ability to rely upon such oral instructions. Proper Instructions may include communications effected directly between electro-mechanical or electronic devices provided that the Company and the Custodian agree to security procedures including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Company via the form of Funds Transfer Addendum attached hereto, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any three-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.10.

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, the Company shall deliver to the Custodian (1) a certificate, duly certified by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and/or (2) resolutions of the Board, setting forth the names, titles, scope of authority and specimen signatures of all persons authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction,

 

-21-


instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Company. Such certificate or resolutions may be accepted and relied upon by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary.

 

Section 8. Evidence of Authority

Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, including the limitations on authority set forth in the certificate or resolutions delivered to the Custodian pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Company. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

 

Section 9. Actions without Express Authority

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Company:

 

  1) make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company;

 

  2) surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

 

  3) endorse for collection, in the name of the Company, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;

 

  4) collect and receive for the account of the Company, all income, dividends, distributions, coupons, option premiums, other payments and similar items;

 

  5) present for payment and collect the amount payable upon all securities which may mature or be called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable (on a mandatory basis) on the date such securities become payable;

 

  6) take any action which may be necessary and proper in connection with the collection and receipt of the aforementioned income and other payments; and

 

  7) hold for the Company’s account all stock dividends, rights and similar securities issued with respect to any securities held.

 

-22-


In addition, the Custodian may, in its sole discretion, without express authority from the Company in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Company except as otherwise directed by the Company.

 

Section 10. Duties of Custodian with Respect to the Books of Account and Calculation of Net Asset Value and Net Income

The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Company to keep the books of account of the Company and/or compute the net asset value per Share of the outstanding Shares or, if directed in writing to do so by the Company, shall itself keep such books of account and/or compute such net asset value per Share, but only on a “book basis,” and the Custodian shall have no responsibility under this Agreement for determining any tax accounting for the Company with respect to the Company or with respect to any holder’s interest in the Company. If so directed, the Custodian shall also calculate the net income of the Company as may be agreed upon by the Custodian and the Company but likewise, only on a book basis, and shall advise the Company of the total amounts of such net income. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares or interests held by it on behalf of the Company and that the Custodian has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Custodian in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 10 and in Section 11 hereof; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by the Custodian and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent. The calculations of the net asset value per Share and the income of the Company shall be made at such time or times as may be agreed upon by the Custodian and the Company.

 

Section 11. Records

The Custodian shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Company under the 1940 Act. All such records shall be the property of the Company and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Company or its affiliates and the employees or agents of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or its affiliates. The Custodian shall, at the Company’s request, supply the Company with a tabulation of securities owned by the Company and held by the Custodian, together with any additional information reasonably requested by the Company.

 

-23-


Section 12. Opinion of Company’s Independent Accountant

The Custodian shall cooperate reasonably with the Company’s independent accountants. The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Company may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Company’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, and Annual Report on Form 10-K or other applicable periodic reports to the SEC and with respect to any other applicable requirements thereof.

 

Section 13. Compensation of Custodian

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as custodian hereunder, as agreed upon from time to time between the Company and the Custodian and set forth in a separate fee schedule executed by the parties (the “ Fee Schedule ”).

 

Section 14. Responsibility of Custodian

So long as it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Company for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Custodian or its officers or employees, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Company) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

Except as may arise from the Custodian’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, or the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of its sub-custodian, nominee or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Company for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by: (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, nationalization or expropriation, imposition of currency controls or restrictions, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolutions, work stoppages, natural disasters or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Company, any other third-party agent of the Company or its investment adviser in their respective

 

-24-


instructions to the Custodian, provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Company, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement. In no event shall either party be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

If the Company requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities not otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the reasonable opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Company being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Company, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

Except as may be required by applicable law or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties, if the Custodian, or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s negligence or willful misconduct, or if the Company fails to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 13 hereof, any property then held for the account of the Company shall be security therefor and should the Company fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Company assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

 

Section 15. Tax Law

The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Company by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall

 

-25-


be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Company by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Company with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Company has provided such information.

 

Section 16. Effective Period, Termination and Amendment

This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term ending November 14, 2016 (the “ Initial Term ”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During the Initial Term and thereafter, either party may terminate this Agreement: (i) in the event of the other party’s material breach of a material provision of this Agreement that the other party has failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is reasonably acceptable, within forty-five (45) days’ written notice of such breach, or (ii) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph with respect to the Company, the Company shall pay Custodian its compensation due and shall reimburse Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

In the event of: (i) a termination of this Agreement by the Company for any reason other than as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) a transaction not in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which the Custodian is not retained to continue providing services hereunder to the Company (or its successor), the Company shall pay the Custodian its compensation due through the end of the then-current term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by the Custodian hereunder) and shall reimburse the Custodian for its reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements. Upon receipt of such payment and reimbursement, the Custodian will deliver the Company’s securities and cash as set forth herein. For the avoidance of doubt, no payment will be required pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph in the event of any transaction such as (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company and distribution of the Company’s assets as a result of the Board’s determination in its reasonable business judgment that the Company is no longer viable, (b) a merger of the Company into, or the consolidation of the Company with, another entity, or (c) the sale by the Company of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s assets to another entity, in each of (b) and (c) where the Custodian is retained to continue providing services to the Company (or its successor) on substantially the same terms as this Agreement.

 

-26-


The provisions of Sections 13, 14, 15 and 19.9 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

 

Section 17. Successor Custodian

If a successor custodian shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination and receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the Company’s securities held in a Securities System or at an Underlying Transfer Agent. Custodian shall also provide to the successor custodian the Company’s records (as described in Section 11 of this Agreement) as reasonably requested by the Company.

If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such Proper Instructions.

In the event that no Proper Instructions designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangements shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company of its own selection (which bank or trust company shall be a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act having an aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000), all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Company and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Company’s securities held in any Securities System or at an Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Company to provide Proper Instructions as aforesaid, the Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services as provided herein during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

 

-27-


Section 18. Anti-Money Laundering

The Company acknowledges that the Custodian is required to comply with a number of federal regulations and policies concerning matters such as the identity of its customers and the source of funds it handles, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA Patriot Act, and all regulations issued thereunder, and the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Asset Control (together, the “ U.S. Money Laundering and Investor Identification Requirements ”). Accordingly, the Company confirms that it has complied and shall continue to comply with all applicable U.S. Money Laundering and Investor Identity Requirements with respect to the account of the Company, including without limitation maintaining and effecting appropriate procedures to verify suspicious transactions and the source of funds for settlement of transactions.

 

Section 19. General

Section 19.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Section 19.2 Prior Contracts . This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior contracts between the Company and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Company’s assets, except for the Fee Schedule, which shall remain in full force and effect until the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 19.3 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, except to entities controlled by, under common control with or controlling the assigning party, provided that such assignee has financial capacity at least equal to that of the assignor.

Section 19.4 Interpretive and Additional Provisions . In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Company may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Company’s governing documents. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

Section 19.5 Remote Access Services Addendum . The Custodian and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.

Section 19.6 Notices . Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

-28-


To the Company:

   FS Investment Corporation III
  

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: (215) 495-1150

Facsimile: (215) 222-4649

To the Custodian:

   State Street Bank and Trust Company
  

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Don Gignac, Senior Vice President

Telephone: (617) 662-7325

Facsimile: (212) 339-2886

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of overnight courier, upon receipt, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex or telecopy, immediately upon dispatch and if delivered by cable, telex or telecopy outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

Section 19.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, delivery of which may occur by facsimile or as an attachment to an electronic communication, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 19.8 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 19.9 Confidentiality . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided under Section 2.7 hereof and as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party.

 

-29-


The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is independently derived by any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (ii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iii) where the party seeking to disclose such information has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The undertakings and obligations contained in this Section 19.9 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.

Section 19.10 Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, addenda, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

Section 19.11 Regulation GG . The Company hereby represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) (“ Regulation GG ”). The Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, the Company is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.

Section 19.12 Data Privacy . The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Company’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) drivers license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

Section 19.13. Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity . The Custodian will implement and maintain reasonable disaster recovery and business continuity procedures that are reasonably designed to recover data processing systems, data communications facilities, information, data and other business related functions of the Custodian in a manner and time frame consistent with legal, regulatory and business requirements applicable to the Custodian in its provision of services hereunder.

 

-30-


Section 19.14 Reserved .

Section 19.15 Shareholder Communications . SEC Rule 14b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Company to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Company’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose stock the Company owns. If the Company tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Company tells the Custodian “yes” or do not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Company as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Company or any funds or accounts established by the Company. For the Company’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Company’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Company consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

YES [ ] The Custodian is authorized to release the Company’s name, address, and share positions.

NO [X] The Custodian is not authorized to release the Company’s name, address, and share positions.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative as of the date first above-written.

 

FS I NVESTMENT C ORPORATION III
By:   /s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker
Name: Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title: Executive Vice President

 

S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY
By:   /s/ George Sullivan
Name: George Sullivan
Title: Executive Vice President

Exhibit 10.6

ESCROW AGREEMENT

This Escrow Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made and entered into as of this 9 th day of January, 2014 by and among FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and FS² Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Dealer Manager ”), for itself and for and on behalf of its selected dealers (the “ Selected Dealers ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Corporation proposes to offer and sell shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation (“ Common Stock ”) to investors, including in a public offering of such shares of Common Stock.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Corporation’s public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “ Offering ”), it is seeking gross offering proceeds from persons not affiliated with the Corporation or its investment adviser of at least $2.5 million (the “ Minimum Offering Requirement ”) and up to 400,000,000 shares of Common Stock, at an initial purchase price of $10.00 per share pursuant to the Corporation’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925), as supplemented or amended from time to time (the “ Offering Document ”).

WHEREAS, the Dealer Manager and the Selected Dealers will sell shares of Common Stock in the public offering on behalf of the Corporation on a “best efforts” basis.

WHEREAS, the Corporation has agreed that the subscription price paid by subscribers for shares of Common Stock will be refunded to such subscribers if the Minimum Offering Requirement has not been met on or prior to the date that is one year from the date of the final prospectus filed immediately before the commencement of the Offering (such one-year anniversary being referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Dealer Manager desire to establish an escrow account (the “ Escrow Account ”) as further described herein in which funds received from subscribers will be deposited and the Corporation and the Dealer Manager desire that UMB Bank, N.A. act as escrow agent to the Escrow Account and the Escrow Agent is willing to act in such capacity.

WHEREAS, in order to subscribe for shares of Common Stock, a subscriber must deliver the full amount of its subscription: (i) by check in U.S. dollars or (ii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation, the Dealer Manager and the Escrow Agent agree to the terms of this Agreement as follows:

 

1. Establishment of Escrow Account; Escrow Period .

 

  (a)

On or prior to the commencement of the Offering, the parties shall establish the Escrow


  Account with the Escrow Agent, which shall be entitled “UMB Bank as Agent for FS Investment Corporation III – Escrow Account.” Prior to meeting the Minimum Offering Requirement, the Dealer Manager and Selected Dealers will instruct subscribers to make checks for subscriptions payable to the order of “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for FS Investment Corporation III.”

 

  (b) This Agreement shall be effective on the date on which the Offering Document is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The escrow period shall commence upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and shall continue until the earlier of (i) the date upon which the Escrow Agent receives confirmation from the Corporation or the Dealer Manager that the Corporation has met the Minimum Offering Requirement, (ii) the Closing Date, or (iii) the termination of the Offering by the Corporation prior to meeting the Minimum Offering Requirement (the “ Escrow Period ”).

 

2. Operation of the Escrow .

 

  (a) Deposits in the Escrow Account . During the Escrow Period, the Dealer Manager will promptly deliver, but in no event later than the end of the second business day following receipt by the Dealer Manager, any monies received from subscribers for the payment of shares of Common Stock to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account, and the Escrow Agent shall deposit and hold in the Escrow Account any monies received directly from subscribers for the payment of shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “ Escrowed Funds ”). All monies deposited into the Escrow Account shall be held in the Escrow Account until such funds are disbursed in accordance with this Section 2. Prior to disbursement of the funds deposited in the Escrow Account, such funds shall not be subject to claims by creditors of the Corporation or any of its affiliates. If any of the instruments of payment are returned to the Escrow Agent for nonpayment prior to receipt of the Break Escrow Affidavit (as described below), the Escrow Agent shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing via mail, e-mail or facsimile of such nonpayment, and is authorized to debit the Escrow Account, as applicable in the amount of such returned payment as well as any interest earned on the amount of such payment. The Corporation will, or will cause its transfer agent, DST Systems, Inc. (the “ Transfer Agent ”), to maintain a written account of each sale, which account shall set forth, among other things, the following information: (i) the subscriber’s name and address; (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by such subscriber; and (iii) the amount paid by such subscriber for such shares of Common Stock. During the Escrow Period, neither the Corporation nor the Dealer Manager will be entitled to any principal funds deposited into the Escrow Account.

 

  (b)

Distribution of the Escrowed Funds . If at any time on or prior to the Closing Date the Minimum Offering Requirement has been met, then upon the happening of such event, the principal amount of the Escrowed Funds shall remain in the Escrow Account until the Escrow Agent receives written direction provided by the Corporation or the Dealer Manager instructing the Escrow Agent to deliver the principal amount, or a portion thereof, of such Escrowed Funds as the Corporation or the Dealer Manager, as the case may be, shall direct in writing. An affidavit or certification from an officer of the Corporation or the Dealer Manager to the Escrow Agent stating that the Minimum Offering Requirement has been timely met, shall constitute sufficient evidence for the

 

2


  purpose of this Agreement that such event has occurred (the “ Break Escrow Affidavit ”). The Break Escrow Affidavit shall indicate: (i) the date on which the Minimum Offering Requirement has been met (the “ Break Escrow Date ”); (ii) the actual total number of shares of Common Stock sold as of the Break Escrow Date; and (iii) if not all, that portion of the Escrowed Funds to be transferred. Upon the receipt by the Escrow Agent of the Break Escrow Affidavit, the Escrow Agent will deliver to State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “ Custodian ”), as directed by the Corporation, on the date of the first weekly closing following the receipt of the Break Escrow Affidavit, the principal and interest earned on such Escrowed Funds to be transferred and the Escrow Agent shall from that point forward, transfer on the 1 st business day following each subsequent closing all principal and interest earned on the Escrowed Funds for the prior subscription period to the Custodian, as directed by the Corporation. Additionally, the Corporation hereby directs the Escrow Agent to provide the Transfer Agent with all electronic files and information needed by the Transfer Agent to perform its duties as record keeper under its agreement with the Corporation.

If the Escrow Agent has not received a Break Escrow Affidavit on or prior to the Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall promptly return the Escrowed Funds, including interest, if any, thereon, to the subscribers, per the name, address and in the amounts provided by the Corporation, the Dealer Manager or the Transfer Agent to the Escrow Agent without deduction, penalty or expense, and the Escrow Agent shall notify the Corporation and the Dealer Manager in writing of its distribution of the funds. The subscription payments returned to each subscriber shall be free and clear of any and all claims of the Corporation or any of its creditors. The parties hereto hereby agree that, for purposes of this Section 2(b), the term “promptly return” shall mean that the Escrow Agent shall return the Escrowed Funds to subscribers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2(b), by noon of the business day following the Closing Date, in compliance with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3. Escrowed Funds . Upon receipt of the Escrowed Funds, the Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrowed Funds in escrow pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Until such time as the Escrowed Funds shall be distributed by the Escrow Agent as provided herein, the Escrowed Funds shall be deposited by the Escrow Agent in an interest bearing account or as may otherwise be directed by the Corporation in writing.

The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to sell or redeem any investment of the Escrowed Funds as necessary to make any distributions required under this Agreement and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss resulting from any such sale or redemption.

Interest, if any, resulting from any investment of the Escrowed Funds shall be retained by the Escrow Agent, and shall be distributed according to this Agreement.

 

4.

Duties of the Escrow Agent . The Escrow Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent is not a party to, or bound by, any other agreement among the other parties hereto, and the Escrow Agent’s duties shall be determined solely by reference to this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall

 

3


  have no duty to enforce any obligation of any person, other than as provided herein. The Escrow Agent shall be under no liability to anyone by reason of any failure on the part of any other party hereto or any maker, endorser or other signatory of any document or any other person to perform such person’s obligations under any such document.

 

5. Liability of the Escrow Agent; Indemnification . The Escrow Agent acts hereunder as a depository only. The Escrow Agent is not responsible or liable in any manner for the sufficiency, correctness, genuineness or validity of this Agreement or with respect to the form of execution of the same. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith, and in the exercise of its own best judgment, and may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is reasonably believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person(s). The Escrow Agent shall not be held liable for any error in judgment made in good faith by an officer or employee of the Escrow Agent unless it shall be proved that the Escrow Agent was grossly negligent or reckless or acted intentionally in bad faith or with willful misconduct. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice of demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a writing delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto.

The Escrow Agent may consult legal counsel and shall exercise reasonable care in the selection of such counsel, in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, and it shall incur no liability and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the reasonable opinion or instructions of such counsel.

The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible, may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected, indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation, for the sufficiency or accuracy of the form of, or the execution, validity, value or genuineness of any document or property received, held or delivered by it hereunder, or of the signature or endorsement thereon, or for any description therein; nor shall the Escrow Agent be responsible or liable in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights of the persons executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any document, property or this Agreement.

In the event that the Escrow Agent shall become involved in any arbitration or litigation relating to the Escrowed Funds, the Escrow Agent is authorized to comply with any final, binding and non-appealable decision reached through such arbitration or litigation.

The Corporation, hereby agrees to indemnify the Escrow Agent for, and to hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection herewith without gross negligence, recklessness, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Escrow Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable legal or other fees arising out of or in connection with its entering into this Agreement and carrying out its duties hereunder, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises or any action for interpleader. The Escrow Agent shall be under no obligation to

 

4


institute or defend any action, suit, or legal proceeding in connection herewith, unless first indemnified and held harmless to its satisfaction in accordance with the foregoing, except that the Escrow Agent shall not be indemnified against any loss, liability or expense arising out of its own gross negligence, recklessness, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such indemnity shall survive the termination or discharge of this Agreement or resignation of the Escrow Agent.

 

6. The Escrow Agent’s Fee . The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to fees and expenses for its regular services as the Escrow Agent as set forth in Exhibit A . Additionally, the Escrow Agent is entitled to reasonable fees for extraordinary services and reimbursement of any reasonable documented out-of-pocket and extraordinary costs and expenses related to its obligations as the Escrow Agent under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees. All of the Escrow Agent’s compensation, costs and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

7. Security Interests . No party to this Agreement shall grant a security interest in any monies or other property deposited with the Escrow Agent under this Agreement, or otherwise create a lien, encumbrance or other claim against such monies or borrow against the same.

 

8. Dispute . In the event of any disagreement between the undersigned or the person or persons named in the instructions contained in this Agreement, or any other person, resulting in adverse claims and demands being made in connection with or for any papers, money or property involved herein, or affected hereby, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any demand or claim, as long as such disagreement shall continue, and in so refusing to make any delivery or other disposition of any money, papers or property involved or affected hereby, the Escrow Agent shall not be or become liable to the undersigned or to any person named in such instructions for its refusal to comply with such conflicting or adverse demands, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to refuse and refrain to act until: (a) the rights of the adverse claimants shall have been fully and finally adjudicated in a court assuming and having jurisdiction of the parties and money, papers and property involved herein or affected hereby; or (b) all differences shall have been adjusted by agreement and the Escrow Agent shall have been notified thereof in writing, signed by all the interested parties.

 

9. Resignation of the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent may resign or be removed, at any time, for any reason, by written notice of its resignation or removal to the proper parties at their respective addresses as set forth herein, at least 60 days before the date specified for such resignation or removal to take effect. Upon the effective date of such resignation or removal:

 

  (a) all cash and other payments and all other property then held by the Escrow Agent hereunder shall be delivered by it to such successor escrow agent as may be designated in writing by the Corporation, whereupon the Escrow Agent’s obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate;

 

  (b) if no such successor escrow agent has been designated by such date, all obligations of the Escrow Agent hereunder shall, nevertheless, cease and terminate, and the Escrow Agent’s sole responsibility thereafter shall be to keep all property then held by it and to deliver the same to a person designated in writing by the Corporation or in accordance with the directions of a final order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

 

5


  (c) if no such successor escrow agent has been designated by such date, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor agent; further the Escrow Agent may pay into court all monies and property deposited with the Escrow Agent under this Agreement.

 

10. Notices . All notices, demands and requests required or permitted to be given under the provisions hereof must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given, upon receipt, if (i) personally delivered, (ii) sent by telecopy and confirmed by phone, (iii) sent by electronic mail and confirmed by electronic mail confirmation of receipt or by telephone, or (iv) mailed by registered or certified mail, with return receipt requested, delivered as follows:

 

(1) If to the Corporation:    FS Investment Corporation III
   2929 Arch Street, Suite 675
   Philadelphia, PA 19104
   Telephone: (215) 495-1150
   Facsimile: (215) 222-4649
   Attn: Stephen S. Sypherd
(2) If to the Escrow Agent:    UMB Bank, N.A.
   1010 Grand Blvd., 4th Floor
   Mail Stop: 1020409
   Kansas City, Missouri 64106
   Attention: Lara Stevens,
   Corporate Trust & Escrow Services
   Telephone: (816) 860-3017
   Facsimile: (816) 860-3029
(3) If to Dealer Manager:    FS² Capital Partners, LLC
   2929 Arch Street, Suite 675
   Philadelphia, PA 19104
   Telephone: (215) 495-1150
   Facsimile: (215) 222-4649
   Attn: Chief Compliance Officer

 

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

12. Binding Effect; Benefit . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

13. Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated at any time by a writing executed by the Corporation and the Escrow Agent.

 

6


14. Assignability . This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Escrow Agent without the Corporation’s prior written consent.

 

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Copies, telecopies, facsimiles, electronic files and other reproductions of original executed documents shall be deemed to be authentic and valid counterparts of such original documents for all purposes, including the filing of any claim, action or suit in the appropriate court of law.

 

16. Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, and shall not affect in any way, the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

17. Severability . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and undertakings of the parties in connection herewith. No failure or delay of either party in exercising any right, power or remedy may be, or may be deemed to be, a waiver thereof; nor may any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or remedy. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement, shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, then to the maximum extent permitted by law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement.

 

18. Earnings Allocation; Tax Matters; Patriot Act Compliance . The Corporation or its agent shall be responsible for all tax reporting under this Agreement. The Corporation shall provide to the Escrow Agent upon the execution of this Agreement any documentation requested and any information reasonably requested by the Escrow Agent to comply with the USA Patriot Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.

 

19. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall not be construed against the party preparing it, and shall be construed without regard to the identity of the person who drafted it or the party who caused it to be drafted and shall be construed as if all parties had jointly prepared this Agreement and it shall be deemed their joint work product, and each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though all of the parties hereto participated equally in the drafting hereof; and any uncertainty or ambiguity shall not be interpreted against any one party. As a result of the foregoing, any rule of construction that a document is to be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable.

 

20. Termination of the Escrow Agreement . This Agreement, except for Sections 5 and 9 hereof, which shall continue in effect, shall terminate upon written notice from the Corporation to the Escrow Agent.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written hereinabove.

 

CORPORATION:
FS Investment Corporation III
By:  

/s/ Stephen Sypherd

Name:  

Stephen Sypherd

Title:  

Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary

DEALER MANAGER:
FS² Capital Partners, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adrienne Hart

Name:  

Adrienne Hart

Title:  

Chief Compliance Officer

ESCROW AGENT:
UMB Bank, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Lara L. Stevens

Name:  

Lara L. Stevens

Title:  

Vice President

[Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

ESCROW FEES AND EXPENSES

 

Acceptance Fee

  

Review documents, establish accounts, and Set up recon file/feeds with Transfer Agent

   $3,250

Annual Fee

  

Annual Escrow Agent

   $2,500

Transactional Fees

  

Outgoing Wire Transfer

   $15 each

BAI File to DST

   $2.50 per business day

Wire Ripping to DST

   $10 per business day

Expense Reimbursement

   6% of Total Fee billed

Acceptance fee and first year Annual fee will be payable at the initiation of the escrow. Thereafter, the annual fee will be billed annually in advance and Transactional Fees will be billed quarterly in arrears. Other fees and expenses will be billed as incurred.

Fees specified are for the regular, routine services contemplated by the Agreement, and any additional or extraordinary services, including, but not limited to disbursements involving a dispute or arbitration, or administration while a dispute, controversy or adverse claim is in existence, will be charged based upon time required at the then standard hourly rate. In addition to the specified fees, all reasonable expenses related to the administration of the Agreement (other than normal overhead expenses of the regular staff) such as, but not limited to, travel, telephone, facsimile, supplies, legal fees, accounting fees, etc., will be reimbursable.

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael C. Forman, Chief Executive Officer of FS Investment Corporation III, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of FS Investment Corporation III;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the period presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2014

 

/s/  MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Edward T. Gallivan, Jr., Chief Financial Officer of FS Investment Corporation III, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of FS Investment Corporation III;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the period presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2014

 

/s/  EDWARD T. GALLIVAN, JR.

Edward T. Gallivan, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION of CEO PURSUANT TO

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 (the “Report”) of FS Investment Corporation III (the “Registrant”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Michael C. Forman, the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

Dated: March 31, 2014

/s/  MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION of CFO PURSUANT TO

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 (the “Report”) of FS Investment Corporation III (the “Registrant”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Edward T. Gallivan, Jr., the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

Dated: March 31, 2014

/s/  EDWARD T. GALLIVAN, JR.

Edward T. Gallivan, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer